clang  7.0.0
Expr.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1 //===--- Expr.h - Classes for representing expressions ----------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file defines the Expr interface and subclasses.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H
15 #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H
16 
17 #include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTVector.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Type.h"
25 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/SyncScope.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
29 #include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
30 #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
31 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
32 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
33 #include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h"
34 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
35 
36 namespace clang {
37  class APValue;
38  class ASTContext;
39  class BlockDecl;
40  class CXXBaseSpecifier;
41  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
42  class CXXOperatorCallExpr;
43  class CastExpr;
44  class Decl;
45  class IdentifierInfo;
46  class MaterializeTemporaryExpr;
47  class NamedDecl;
48  class ObjCPropertyRefExpr;
49  class OpaqueValueExpr;
50  class ParmVarDecl;
51  class StringLiteral;
52  class TargetInfo;
53  class ValueDecl;
54 
55 /// A simple array of base specifiers.
57 
58 /// An adjustment to be made to the temporary created when emitting a
59 /// reference binding, which accesses a particular subobject of that temporary.
61  enum {
65  } Kind;
66 
67  struct DTB {
70  };
71 
72  struct P {
75  };
76 
77  union {
80  struct P Ptr;
81  };
82 
85  : Kind(DerivedToBaseAdjustment) {
88  }
89 
91  : Kind(FieldAdjustment) {
92  this->Field = Field;
93  }
94 
96  : Kind(MemberPointerAdjustment) {
97  this->Ptr.MPT = MPT;
98  this->Ptr.RHS = RHS;
99  }
100 };
101 
102 /// Expr - This represents one expression. Note that Expr's are subclasses of
103 /// Stmt. This allows an expression to be transparently used any place a Stmt
104 /// is required.
105 ///
106 class Expr : public Stmt {
107  QualType TR;
108 
109 protected:
111  bool TD, bool VD, bool ID, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
112  : Stmt(SC)
113  {
114  ExprBits.TypeDependent = TD;
115  ExprBits.ValueDependent = VD;
116  ExprBits.InstantiationDependent = ID;
117  ExprBits.ValueKind = VK;
118  ExprBits.ObjectKind = OK;
119  assert(ExprBits.ObjectKind == OK && "truncated kind");
120  ExprBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
121  setType(T);
122  }
123 
124  /// Construct an empty expression.
125  explicit Expr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell) : Stmt(SC) { }
126 
127 public:
128  QualType getType() const { return TR; }
129  void setType(QualType t) {
130  // In C++, the type of an expression is always adjusted so that it
131  // will not have reference type (C++ [expr]p6). Use
132  // QualType::getNonReferenceType() to retrieve the non-reference
133  // type. Additionally, inspect Expr::isLvalue to determine whether
134  // an expression that is adjusted in this manner should be
135  // considered an lvalue.
136  assert((t.isNull() || !t->isReferenceType()) &&
137  "Expressions can't have reference type");
138 
139  TR = t;
140  }
141 
142  /// isValueDependent - Determines whether this expression is
143  /// value-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]). For example, the
144  /// array bound of "Chars" in the following example is
145  /// value-dependent.
146  /// @code
147  /// template<int Size, char (&Chars)[Size]> struct meta_string;
148  /// @endcode
149  bool isValueDependent() const { return ExprBits.ValueDependent; }
150 
151  /// Set whether this expression is value-dependent or not.
152  void setValueDependent(bool VD) {
153  ExprBits.ValueDependent = VD;
154  }
155 
156  /// isTypeDependent - Determines whether this expression is
157  /// type-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]), which means that its type
158  /// could change from one template instantiation to the next. For
159  /// example, the expressions "x" and "x + y" are type-dependent in
160  /// the following code, but "y" is not type-dependent:
161  /// @code
162  /// template<typename T>
163  /// void add(T x, int y) {
164  /// x + y;
165  /// }
166  /// @endcode
167  bool isTypeDependent() const { return ExprBits.TypeDependent; }
168 
169  /// Set whether this expression is type-dependent or not.
170  void setTypeDependent(bool TD) {
171  ExprBits.TypeDependent = TD;
172  }
173 
174  /// Whether this expression is instantiation-dependent, meaning that
175  /// it depends in some way on a template parameter, even if neither its type
176  /// nor (constant) value can change due to the template instantiation.
177  ///
178  /// In the following example, the expression \c sizeof(sizeof(T() + T())) is
179  /// instantiation-dependent (since it involves a template parameter \c T), but
180  /// is neither type- nor value-dependent, since the type of the inner
181  /// \c sizeof is known (\c std::size_t) and therefore the size of the outer
182  /// \c sizeof is known.
183  ///
184  /// \code
185  /// template<typename T>
186  /// void f(T x, T y) {
187  /// sizeof(sizeof(T() + T());
188  /// }
189  /// \endcode
190  ///
192  return ExprBits.InstantiationDependent;
193  }
194 
195  /// Set whether this expression is instantiation-dependent or not.
197  ExprBits.InstantiationDependent = ID;
198  }
199 
200  /// Whether this expression contains an unexpanded parameter
201  /// pack (for C++11 variadic templates).
202  ///
203  /// Given the following function template:
204  ///
205  /// \code
206  /// template<typename F, typename ...Types>
207  /// void forward(const F &f, Types &&...args) {
208  /// f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
209  /// }
210  /// \endcode
211  ///
212  /// The expressions \c args and \c static_cast<Types&&>(args) both
213  /// contain parameter packs.
215  return ExprBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
216  }
217 
218  /// Set the bit that describes whether this expression
219  /// contains an unexpanded parameter pack.
220  void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) {
221  ExprBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP;
222  }
223 
224  /// getExprLoc - Return the preferred location for the arrow when diagnosing
225  /// a problem with a generic expression.
226  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
227 
228  /// isUnusedResultAWarning - Return true if this immediate expression should
229  /// be warned about if the result is unused. If so, fill in expr, location,
230  /// and ranges with expr to warn on and source locations/ranges appropriate
231  /// for a warning.
232  bool isUnusedResultAWarning(const Expr *&WarnExpr, SourceLocation &Loc,
233  SourceRange &R1, SourceRange &R2,
234  ASTContext &Ctx) const;
235 
236  /// isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to
237  /// the rules of the current language. C and C++ give somewhat
238  /// different rules for this concept, but in general, the result of
239  /// an l-value expression identifies a specific object whereas the
240  /// result of an r-value expression is a value detached from any
241  /// specific storage.
242  ///
243  /// C++11 divides the concept of "r-value" into pure r-values
244  /// ("pr-values") and so-called expiring values ("x-values"), which
245  /// identify specific objects that can be safely cannibalized for
246  /// their resources. This is an unfortunate abuse of terminology on
247  /// the part of the C++ committee. In Clang, when we say "r-value",
248  /// we generally mean a pr-value.
249  bool isLValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_LValue; }
250  bool isRValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_RValue; }
251  bool isXValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_XValue; }
252  bool isGLValue() const { return getValueKind() != VK_RValue; }
253 
264  LV_ArrayTemporary
265  };
266  /// Reasons why an expression might not be an l-value.
267  LValueClassification ClassifyLValue(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
268 
275  MLV_LValueCast, // Specialized form of MLV_InvalidExpression.
286  MLV_ArrayTemporary
287  };
288  /// isModifiableLvalue - C99 6.3.2.1: an lvalue that does not have array type,
289  /// does not have an incomplete type, does not have a const-qualified type,
290  /// and if it is a structure or union, does not have any member (including,
291  /// recursively, any member or element of all contained aggregates or unions)
292  /// with a const-qualified type.
293  ///
294  /// \param Loc [in,out] - A source location which *may* be filled
295  /// in with the location of the expression making this a
296  /// non-modifiable lvalue, if specified.
298  isModifiableLvalue(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const;
299 
300  /// The return type of classify(). Represents the C++11 expression
301  /// taxonomy.
303  public:
304  /// The various classification results. Most of these mean prvalue.
305  enum Kinds {
308  CL_Function, // Functions cannot be lvalues in C.
309  CL_Void, // Void cannot be an lvalue in C.
310  CL_AddressableVoid, // Void expression whose address can be taken in C.
311  CL_DuplicateVectorComponents, // A vector shuffle with dupes.
312  CL_MemberFunction, // An expression referring to a member function
314  CL_ClassTemporary, // A temporary of class type, or subobject thereof.
315  CL_ArrayTemporary, // A temporary of array type.
316  CL_ObjCMessageRValue, // ObjC message is an rvalue
317  CL_PRValue // A prvalue for any other reason, of any other type
318  };
319  /// The results of modification testing.
321  CM_Untested, // testModifiable was false.
323  CM_RValue, // Not modifiable because it's an rvalue
324  CM_Function, // Not modifiable because it's a function; C++ only
325  CM_LValueCast, // Same as CM_RValue, but indicates GCC cast-as-lvalue ext
326  CM_NoSetterProperty,// Implicit assignment to ObjC property without setter
331  CM_IncompleteType
332  };
333 
334  private:
335  friend class Expr;
336 
337  unsigned short Kind;
338  unsigned short Modifiable;
339 
340  explicit Classification(Kinds k, ModifiableType m)
341  : Kind(k), Modifiable(m)
342  {}
343 
344  public:
346 
347  Kinds getKind() const { return static_cast<Kinds>(Kind); }
349  assert(Modifiable != CM_Untested && "Did not test for modifiability.");
350  return static_cast<ModifiableType>(Modifiable);
351  }
352  bool isLValue() const { return Kind == CL_LValue; }
353  bool isXValue() const { return Kind == CL_XValue; }
354  bool isGLValue() const { return Kind <= CL_XValue; }
355  bool isPRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_Function; }
356  bool isRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_XValue; }
357  bool isModifiable() const { return getModifiable() == CM_Modifiable; }
358 
359  /// Create a simple, modifiably lvalue
361  return Classification(CL_LValue, CM_Modifiable);
362  }
363 
364  };
365  /// Classify - Classify this expression according to the C++11
366  /// expression taxonomy.
367  ///
368  /// C++11 defines ([basic.lval]) a new taxonomy of expressions to replace the
369  /// old lvalue vs rvalue. This function determines the type of expression this
370  /// is. There are three expression types:
371  /// - lvalues are classical lvalues as in C++03.
372  /// - prvalues are equivalent to rvalues in C++03.
373  /// - xvalues are expressions yielding unnamed rvalue references, e.g. a
374  /// function returning an rvalue reference.
375  /// lvalues and xvalues are collectively referred to as glvalues, while
376  /// prvalues and xvalues together form rvalues.
378  return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, nullptr);
379  }
380 
381  /// ClassifyModifiable - Classify this expression according to the
382  /// C++11 expression taxonomy, and see if it is valid on the left side
383  /// of an assignment.
384  ///
385  /// This function extends classify in that it also tests whether the
386  /// expression is modifiable (C99 6.3.2.1p1).
387  /// \param Loc A source location that might be filled with a relevant location
388  /// if the expression is not modifiable.
390  return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, &Loc);
391  }
392 
393  /// getValueKindForType - Given a formal return or parameter type,
394  /// give its value kind.
396  if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
397  return (isa<LValueReferenceType>(RT)
398  ? VK_LValue
399  : (RT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()
400  ? VK_LValue : VK_XValue));
401  return VK_RValue;
402  }
403 
404  /// getValueKind - The value kind that this expression produces.
406  return static_cast<ExprValueKind>(ExprBits.ValueKind);
407  }
408 
409  /// getObjectKind - The object kind that this expression produces.
410  /// Object kinds are meaningful only for expressions that yield an
411  /// l-value or x-value.
413  return static_cast<ExprObjectKind>(ExprBits.ObjectKind);
414  }
415 
417  ExprObjectKind OK = getObjectKind();
418  return (OK == OK_Ordinary || OK == OK_BitField);
419  }
420 
421  /// setValueKind - Set the value kind produced by this expression.
422  void setValueKind(ExprValueKind Cat) { ExprBits.ValueKind = Cat; }
423 
424  /// setObjectKind - Set the object kind produced by this expression.
425  void setObjectKind(ExprObjectKind Cat) { ExprBits.ObjectKind = Cat; }
426 
427 private:
428  Classification ClassifyImpl(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc) const;
429 
430 public:
431 
432  /// Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that
433  /// potentially refers to a bit-field.
434  ///
435  /// In C++, whether a gl-value refers to a bitfield is essentially
436  /// an aspect of the value-kind type system.
437  bool refersToBitField() const { return getObjectKind() == OK_BitField; }
438 
439  /// If this expression refers to a bit-field, retrieve the
440  /// declaration of that bit-field.
441  ///
442  /// Note that this returns a non-null pointer in subtly different
443  /// places than refersToBitField returns true. In particular, this can
444  /// return a non-null pointer even for r-values loaded from
445  /// bit-fields, but it will return null for a conditional bit-field.
446  FieldDecl *getSourceBitField();
447 
448  const FieldDecl *getSourceBitField() const {
449  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getSourceBitField();
450  }
451 
452  Decl *getReferencedDeclOfCallee();
454  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getReferencedDeclOfCallee();
455  }
456 
457  /// If this expression is an l-value for an Objective C
458  /// property, find the underlying property reference expression.
459  const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *getObjCProperty() const;
460 
461  /// Check if this expression is the ObjC 'self' implicit parameter.
462  bool isObjCSelfExpr() const;
463 
464  /// Returns whether this expression refers to a vector element.
465  bool refersToVectorElement() const;
466 
467  /// Returns whether this expression refers to a global register
468  /// variable.
469  bool refersToGlobalRegisterVar() const;
470 
471  /// Returns whether this expression has a placeholder type.
472  bool hasPlaceholderType() const {
473  return getType()->isPlaceholderType();
474  }
475 
476  /// Returns whether this expression has a specific placeholder type.
479  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getType()))
480  return BT->getKind() == K;
481  return false;
482  }
483 
484  /// isKnownToHaveBooleanValue - Return true if this is an integer expression
485  /// that is known to return 0 or 1. This happens for _Bool/bool expressions
486  /// but also int expressions which are produced by things like comparisons in
487  /// C.
488  bool isKnownToHaveBooleanValue() const;
489 
490  /// isIntegerConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is a valid integer
491  /// constant expression, and, if so, return its value in Result. If not a
492  /// valid i-c-e, return false and fill in Loc (if specified) with the location
493  /// of the invalid expression.
494  ///
495  /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11
496  /// [expr.const]p5.
497  bool isIntegerConstantExpr(llvm::APSInt &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
498  SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr,
499  bool isEvaluated = true) const;
500  bool isIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
501  SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const;
502 
503  /// isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is an
504  /// integral constant expression in C++98. Can only be used in C++.
505  bool isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
506 
507  /// isCXX11ConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is a constant
508  /// expression in C++11. Can only be used in C++.
509  ///
510  /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11
511  /// [expr.const]p5.
512  bool isCXX11ConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue *Result = nullptr,
513  SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const;
514 
515  /// isPotentialConstantExpr - Return true if this function's definition
516  /// might be usable in a constant expression in C++11, if it were marked
517  /// constexpr. Return false if the function can never produce a constant
518  /// expression, along with diagnostics describing why not.
519  static bool isPotentialConstantExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD,
521  PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags);
522 
523  /// isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluted - Return true if this expression might
524  /// be usable in a constant expression in C++11 in an unevaluated context, if
525  /// it were in function FD marked constexpr. Return false if the function can
526  /// never produce a constant expression, along with diagnostics describing
527  /// why not.
528  static bool isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Expr *E,
529  const FunctionDecl *FD,
531  PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags);
532 
533  /// isConstantInitializer - Returns true if this expression can be emitted to
534  /// IR as a constant, and thus can be used as a constant initializer in C.
535  /// If this expression is not constant and Culprit is non-null,
536  /// it is used to store the address of first non constant expr.
537  bool isConstantInitializer(ASTContext &Ctx, bool ForRef,
538  const Expr **Culprit = nullptr) const;
539 
540  /// EvalStatus is a struct with detailed info about an evaluation in progress.
541  struct EvalStatus {
542  /// Whether the evaluated expression has side effects.
543  /// For example, (f() && 0) can be folded, but it still has side effects.
545 
546  /// Whether the evaluation hit undefined behavior.
547  /// For example, 1.0 / 0.0 can be folded to Inf, but has undefined behavior.
548  /// Likewise, INT_MAX + 1 can be folded to INT_MIN, but has UB.
550 
551  /// Diag - If this is non-null, it will be filled in with a stack of notes
552  /// indicating why evaluation failed (or why it failed to produce a constant
553  /// expression).
554  /// If the expression is unfoldable, the notes will indicate why it's not
555  /// foldable. If the expression is foldable, but not a constant expression,
556  /// the notes will describes why it isn't a constant expression. If the
557  /// expression *is* a constant expression, no notes will be produced.
559 
561  : HasSideEffects(false), HasUndefinedBehavior(false), Diag(nullptr) {}
562 
563  // hasSideEffects - Return true if the evaluated expression has
564  // side effects.
565  bool hasSideEffects() const {
566  return HasSideEffects;
567  }
568  };
569 
570  /// EvalResult is a struct with detailed info about an evaluated expression.
572  /// Val - This is the value the expression can be folded to.
574 
575  // isGlobalLValue - Return true if the evaluated lvalue expression
576  // is global.
577  bool isGlobalLValue() const;
578  };
579 
580  /// EvaluateAsRValue - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold to
581  /// an rvalue using any crazy technique (that has nothing to do with language
582  /// standards) that we want to, even if the expression has side-effects. If
583  /// this function returns true, it returns the folded constant in Result. If
584  /// the expression is a glvalue, an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion will be
585  /// applied.
586  bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
587 
588  /// EvaluateAsBooleanCondition - Return true if this is a constant
589  /// which we can fold and convert to a boolean condition using
590  /// any crazy technique that we want to, even if the expression has
591  /// side-effects.
592  bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(bool &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
593 
595  SE_NoSideEffects, ///< Strictly evaluate the expression.
596  SE_AllowUndefinedBehavior, ///< Allow UB that we can give a value, but not
597  ///< arbitrary unmodeled side effects.
598  SE_AllowSideEffects ///< Allow any unmodeled side effect.
599  };
600 
601  /// EvaluateAsInt - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and
602  /// convert to an integer, using any crazy technique that we want to.
603  bool EvaluateAsInt(llvm::APSInt &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
604  SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects) const;
605 
606  /// EvaluateAsFloat - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and
607  /// convert to a floating point value, using any crazy technique that we
608  /// want to.
609  bool
610  EvaluateAsFloat(llvm::APFloat &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
611  SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects) const;
612 
613  /// isEvaluatable - Call EvaluateAsRValue to see if this expression can be
614  /// constant folded without side-effects, but discard the result.
615  bool isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx,
616  SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects) const;
617 
618  /// HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions
619  /// which have any effect other than producing a value. Example is a function
620  /// call, volatile variable read, or throwing an exception. If
621  /// IncludePossibleEffects is false, this call treats certain expressions with
622  /// potential side effects (such as function call-like expressions,
623  /// instantiation-dependent expressions, or invocations from a macro) as not
624  /// having side effects.
625  bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx,
626  bool IncludePossibleEffects = true) const;
627 
628  /// Determine whether this expression involves a call to any function
629  /// that is not trivial.
630  bool hasNonTrivialCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
631 
632  /// EvaluateKnownConstInt - Call EvaluateAsRValue and return the folded
633  /// integer. This must be called on an expression that constant folds to an
634  /// integer.
635  llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstInt(const ASTContext &Ctx,
636  SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr) const;
637 
638  void EvaluateForOverflow(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
639 
640  /// EvaluateAsLValue - Evaluate an expression to see if we can fold it to an
641  /// lvalue with link time known address, with no side-effects.
642  bool EvaluateAsLValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
643 
644  /// EvaluateAsInitializer - Evaluate an expression as if it were the
645  /// initializer of the given declaration. Returns true if the initializer
646  /// can be folded to a constant, and produces any relevant notes. In C++11,
647  /// notes will be produced if the expression is not a constant expression.
648  bool EvaluateAsInitializer(APValue &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
649  const VarDecl *VD,
651 
652  /// EvaluateWithSubstitution - Evaluate an expression as if from the context
653  /// of a call to the given function with the given arguments, inside an
654  /// unevaluated context. Returns true if the expression could be folded to a
655  /// constant.
656  bool EvaluateWithSubstitution(APValue &Value, ASTContext &Ctx,
657  const FunctionDecl *Callee,
659  const Expr *This = nullptr) const;
660 
661  /// Indicates how the constant expression will be used.
662  enum ConstExprUsage { EvaluateForCodeGen, EvaluateForMangling };
663 
664  /// Evaluate an expression that is required to be a constant expression.
665  bool EvaluateAsConstantExpr(EvalResult &Result, ConstExprUsage Usage,
666  const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
667 
668  /// If the current Expr is a pointer, this will try to statically
669  /// determine the number of bytes available where the pointer is pointing.
670  /// Returns true if all of the above holds and we were able to figure out the
671  /// size, false otherwise.
672  ///
673  /// \param Type - How to evaluate the size of the Expr, as defined by the
674  /// "type" parameter of __builtin_object_size
675  bool tryEvaluateObjectSize(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx,
676  unsigned Type) const;
677 
678  /// Enumeration used to describe the kind of Null pointer constant
679  /// returned from \c isNullPointerConstant().
681  /// Expression is not a Null pointer constant.
682  NPCK_NotNull = 0,
683 
684  /// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a zero integer
685  /// expression that is not a simple, possibly parenthesized, zero literal.
686  /// C++ Core Issue 903 will classify these expressions as "not pointers"
687  /// once it is adopted.
688  /// http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
690 
691  /// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a literal zero.
693 
694  /// Expression is a C++11 nullptr.
696 
697  /// Expression is a GNU-style __null constant.
698  NPCK_GNUNull
699  };
700 
701  /// Enumeration used to describe how \c isNullPointerConstant()
702  /// should cope with value-dependent expressions.
704  /// Specifies that the expression should never be value-dependent.
705  NPC_NeverValueDependent = 0,
706 
707  /// Specifies that a value-dependent expression of integral or
708  /// dependent type should be considered a null pointer constant.
710 
711  /// Specifies that a value-dependent expression should be considered
712  /// to never be a null pointer constant.
713  NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
714  };
715 
716  /// isNullPointerConstant - C99 6.3.2.3p3 - Test if this reduces down to
717  /// a Null pointer constant. The return value can further distinguish the
718  /// kind of NULL pointer constant that was detected.
719  NullPointerConstantKind isNullPointerConstant(
720  ASTContext &Ctx,
722 
723  /// isOBJCGCCandidate - Return true if this expression may be used in a read/
724  /// write barrier.
725  bool isOBJCGCCandidate(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
726 
727  /// Returns true if this expression is a bound member function.
728  bool isBoundMemberFunction(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
729 
730  /// Given an expression of bound-member type, find the type
731  /// of the member. Returns null if this is an *overloaded* bound
732  /// member expression.
733  static QualType findBoundMemberType(const Expr *expr);
734 
735  /// IgnoreImpCasts - Skip past any implicit casts which might
736  /// surround this expression. Only skips ImplicitCastExprs.
737  Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
738 
739  /// IgnoreImplicit - Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might
740  /// surround this expression.
741  Expr *IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY {
742  return cast<Expr>(Stmt::IgnoreImplicit());
743  }
744 
745  const Expr *IgnoreImplicit() const LLVM_READONLY {
746  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreImplicit();
747  }
748 
749  /// IgnoreParens - Ignore parentheses. If this Expr is a ParenExpr, return
750  /// its subexpression. If that subexpression is also a ParenExpr,
751  /// then this method recursively returns its subexpression, and so forth.
752  /// Otherwise, the method returns the current Expr.
753  Expr *IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY;
754 
755  /// IgnoreParenCasts - Ignore parentheses and casts. Strip off any ParenExpr
756  /// or CastExprs, returning their operand.
757  Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
758 
759  /// Ignore casts. Strip off any CastExprs, returning their operand.
760  Expr *IgnoreCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
761 
762  /// IgnoreParenImpCasts - Ignore parentheses and implicit casts. Strip off
763  /// any ParenExpr or ImplicitCastExprs, returning their operand.
764  Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
765 
766  /// IgnoreConversionOperator - Ignore conversion operator. If this Expr is a
767  /// call to a conversion operator, return the argument.
768  Expr *IgnoreConversionOperator() LLVM_READONLY;
769 
770  const Expr *IgnoreConversionOperator() const LLVM_READONLY {
771  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreConversionOperator();
772  }
773 
774  const Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
775  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
776  }
777 
778  /// Ignore parentheses and lvalue casts. Strip off any ParenExpr and
779  /// CastExprs that represent lvalue casts, returning their operand.
780  Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
781 
782  const Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
783  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParenLValueCasts();
784  }
785 
786  /// IgnoreParenNoopCasts - Ignore parentheses and casts that do not change the
787  /// value (including ptr->int casts of the same size). Strip off any
788  /// ParenExpr or CastExprs, returning their operand.
789  Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(ASTContext &Ctx) LLVM_READONLY;
790 
791  /// Ignore parentheses and derived-to-base casts.
792  Expr *ignoreParenBaseCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
793 
794  const Expr *ignoreParenBaseCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
795  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->ignoreParenBaseCasts();
796  }
797 
798  /// Determine whether this expression is a default function argument.
799  ///
800  /// Default arguments are implicitly generated in the abstract syntax tree
801  /// by semantic analysis for function calls, object constructions, etc. in
802  /// C++. Default arguments are represented by \c CXXDefaultArgExpr nodes;
803  /// this routine also looks through any implicit casts to determine whether
804  /// the expression is a default argument.
805  bool isDefaultArgument() const;
806 
807  /// Determine whether the result of this expression is a
808  /// temporary object of the given class type.
809  bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const;
810 
811  /// Whether this expression is an implicit reference to 'this' in C++.
812  bool isImplicitCXXThis() const;
813 
814  const Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
815  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreImpCasts();
816  }
817  const Expr *IgnoreParens() const LLVM_READONLY {
818  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParens();
819  }
820  const Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
821  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParenCasts();
822  }
823  /// Strip off casts, but keep parentheses.
824  const Expr *IgnoreCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
825  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreCasts();
826  }
827 
828  const Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(ASTContext &Ctx) const LLVM_READONLY {
829  return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Ctx);
830  }
831 
832  static bool hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
833 
834  /// For an expression of class type or pointer to class type,
835  /// return the most derived class decl the expression is known to refer to.
836  ///
837  /// If this expression is a cast, this method looks through it to find the
838  /// most derived decl that can be inferred from the expression.
839  /// This is valid because derived-to-base conversions have undefined
840  /// behavior if the object isn't dynamically of the derived type.
841  const CXXRecordDecl *getBestDynamicClassType() const;
842 
843  /// Get the inner expression that determines the best dynamic class.
844  /// If this is a prvalue, we guarantee that it is of the most-derived type
845  /// for the object itself.
846  const Expr *getBestDynamicClassTypeExpr() const;
847 
848  /// Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and
849  /// find the expression whose lifetime needs to be extended. Record
850  /// the LHSs of comma expressions and adjustments needed along the path.
851  const Expr *skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(
853  SmallVectorImpl<SubobjectAdjustment> &Adjustments) const;
857  return skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments);
858  }
859 
860  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
861  return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExprConstant &&
862  T->getStmtClass() <= lastExprConstant;
863  }
864 };
865 
866 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
867 // Primary Expressions.
868 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
869 
870 /// OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a
871 /// fixed type and value class. These don't correspond to concrete
872 /// syntax; instead they're used to express operations (usually copy
873 /// operations) on values whose source is generally obvious from
874 /// context.
875 class OpaqueValueExpr : public Expr {
876  friend class ASTStmtReader;
877  Expr *SourceExpr;
878  SourceLocation Loc;
879 
880 public:
883  Expr *SourceExpr = nullptr)
884  : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, T, VK, OK,
885  T->isDependentType() ||
886  (SourceExpr && SourceExpr->isTypeDependent()),
887  T->isDependentType() ||
888  (SourceExpr && SourceExpr->isValueDependent()),
889  T->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
890  (SourceExpr && SourceExpr->isInstantiationDependent()),
891  false),
892  SourceExpr(SourceExpr), Loc(Loc) {
893  setIsUnique(false);
894  }
895 
896  /// Given an expression which invokes a copy constructor --- i.e. a
897  /// CXXConstructExpr, possibly wrapped in an ExprWithCleanups ---
898  /// find the OpaqueValueExpr that's the source of the construction.
899  static const OpaqueValueExpr *findInCopyConstruct(const Expr *expr);
900 
901  explicit OpaqueValueExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
902  : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, Empty) { }
903 
904  /// Retrieve the location of this expression.
905  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
906 
907  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
908  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
909  return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getLocStart() : Loc;
910  }
911  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
912  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
913  return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getLocEnd() : Loc;
914  }
915  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
916  if (SourceExpr) return SourceExpr->getExprLoc();
917  return Loc;
918  }
919 
922  }
923 
926  }
927 
928  /// The source expression of an opaque value expression is the
929  /// expression which originally generated the value. This is
930  /// provided as a convenience for analyses that don't wish to
931  /// precisely model the execution behavior of the program.
932  ///
933  /// The source expression is typically set when building the
934  /// expression which binds the opaque value expression in the first
935  /// place.
936  Expr *getSourceExpr() const { return SourceExpr; }
937 
938  void setIsUnique(bool V) {
939  assert((!V || SourceExpr) &&
940  "unique OVEs are expected to have source expressions");
941  OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique = V;
942  }
943 
944  bool isUnique() const { return OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique; }
945 
946  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
947  return T->getStmtClass() == OpaqueValueExprClass;
948  }
949 };
950 
951 /// A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc.
952 /// [C99 6.5.1p2]
953 ///
954 /// This encodes all the information about how a declaration is referenced
955 /// within an expression.
956 ///
957 /// There are several optional constructs attached to DeclRefExprs only when
958 /// they apply in order to conserve memory. These are laid out past the end of
959 /// the object, and flags in the DeclRefExprBitfield track whether they exist:
960 ///
961 /// DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier:
962 /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a C++
963 /// nested-name-specifier.
964 /// DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl:
965 /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a record of
966 /// a NamedDecl (different from the referenced ValueDecl) which was found
967 /// during name lookup and/or overload resolution.
968 /// DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo:
969 /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has an explicit
970 /// C++ template keyword and/or template argument list.
971 /// DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture
972 /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression (validly)
973 /// refers to an enclosed local or a captured variable.
974 class DeclRefExpr final
975  : public Expr,
976  private llvm::TrailingObjects<DeclRefExpr, NestedNameSpecifierLoc,
977  NamedDecl *, ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
978  TemplateArgumentLoc> {
979  /// The declaration that we are referencing.
980  ValueDecl *D;
981 
982  /// The location of the declaration name itself.
983  SourceLocation Loc;
984 
985  /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name
986  /// embedded in D.
987  DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
988 
989  size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>) const {
990  return hasQualifier() ? 1 : 0;
991  }
992 
993  size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NamedDecl *>) const {
994  return hasFoundDecl() ? 1 : 0;
995  }
996 
997  size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const {
998  return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() ? 1 : 0;
999  }
1000 
1001  /// Test whether there is a distinct FoundDecl attached to the end of
1002  /// this DRE.
1003  bool hasFoundDecl() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl; }
1004 
1005  DeclRefExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1006  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
1007  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
1008  ValueDecl *D, bool RefersToEnlosingVariableOrCapture,
1009  const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1010  NamedDecl *FoundD,
1011  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1012  QualType T, ExprValueKind VK);
1013 
1014  /// Construct an empty declaration reference expression.
1015  explicit DeclRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
1016  : Expr(DeclRefExprClass, Empty) { }
1017 
1018  /// Computes the type- and value-dependence flags for this
1019  /// declaration reference expression.
1020  void computeDependence(const ASTContext &C);
1021 
1022 public:
1023  DeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, QualType T,
1025  const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc())
1026  : Expr(DeclRefExprClass, T, VK, OK_Ordinary, false, false, false, false),
1027  D(D), Loc(L), DNLoc(LocInfo) {
1028  DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier = 0;
1029  DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo = 0;
1030  DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl = 0;
1031  DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = 0;
1032  DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture =
1033  RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture;
1034  computeDependence(D->getASTContext());
1035  }
1036 
1037  static DeclRefExpr *
1038  Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
1039  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D,
1040  bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1041  QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
1042  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
1043 
1044  static DeclRefExpr *
1045  Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
1046  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D,
1047  bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture,
1048  const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
1049  NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
1050  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
1051 
1052  /// Construct an empty declaration reference expression.
1053  static DeclRefExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context,
1054  bool HasQualifier,
1055  bool HasFoundDecl,
1056  bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
1057  unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
1058 
1059  ValueDecl *getDecl() { return D; }
1060  const ValueDecl *getDecl() const { return D; }
1061  void setDecl(ValueDecl *NewD) { D = NewD; }
1062 
1064  return DeclarationNameInfo(getDecl()->getDeclName(), Loc, DNLoc);
1065  }
1066 
1067  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
1068  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
1069  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1070  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
1071  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1072  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
1073 
1074  /// Determine whether this declaration reference was preceded by a
1075  /// C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., \c N::foo.
1076  bool hasQualifier() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier; }
1077 
1078  /// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier
1079  /// that precedes the name, with source-location information.
1081  if (!hasQualifier())
1082  return NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
1083  return *getTrailingObjects<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>();
1084  }
1085 
1086  /// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier
1087  /// that precedes the name. Otherwise, returns NULL.
1089  return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier();
1090  }
1091 
1092  /// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred.
1093  ///
1094  /// This Decl may be different from the ValueDecl actually referred to in the
1095  /// presence of using declarations, etc. It always returns non-NULL, and may
1096  /// simple return the ValueDecl when appropriate.
1097 
1099  return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D;
1100  }
1101 
1102  /// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred.
1103  /// See non-const variant.
1104  const NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() const {
1105  return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D;
1106  }
1107 
1109  return DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo;
1110  }
1111 
1112  /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding
1113  /// this name, if any.
1115  if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) return SourceLocation();
1116  return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc;
1117  }
1118 
1119  /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the
1120  /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
1122  if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) return SourceLocation();
1123  return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc;
1124  }
1125 
1126  /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the
1127  /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
1129  if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) return SourceLocation();
1130  return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc;
1131  }
1132 
1133  /// Determines whether the name in this declaration reference
1134  /// was preceded by the template keyword.
1135  bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
1136 
1137  /// Determines whether this declaration reference was followed by an
1138  /// explicit template argument list.
1139  bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); }
1140 
1141  /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given
1142  /// structure.
1144  if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
1145  getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto(
1146  getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List);
1147  }
1148 
1149  /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this
1150  /// template-id.
1152  if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
1153  return nullptr;
1154 
1155  return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>();
1156  }
1157 
1158  /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this
1159  /// template-id.
1160  unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
1161  if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
1162  return 0;
1163 
1164  return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs;
1165  }
1166 
1168  return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()};
1169  }
1170 
1171  /// Returns true if this expression refers to a function that
1172  /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
1173  bool hadMultipleCandidates() const {
1174  return DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates;
1175  }
1176  /// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to
1177  /// a function that was resolved from an overloaded set having size
1178  /// greater than 1.
1179  void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) {
1180  DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V;
1181  }
1182 
1183  /// Does this DeclRefExpr refer to an enclosing local or a captured
1184  /// variable?
1186  return DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture;
1187  }
1188 
1189  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1190  return T->getStmtClass() == DeclRefExprClass;
1191  }
1192 
1193  // Iterators
1196  }
1197 
1200  }
1201 
1203  friend class ASTStmtReader;
1204  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
1205 };
1206 
1207 /// [C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as __func__.
1208 class PredefinedExpr : public Expr {
1209 public:
1210  enum IdentType {
1213  LFunction, // Same as Function, but as wide string.
1216  LFuncSig, // Same as FuncSig, but as as wide string
1218  /// The same as PrettyFunction, except that the
1219  /// 'virtual' keyword is omitted for virtual member functions.
1220  PrettyFunctionNoVirtual
1221  };
1222 
1223 private:
1224  SourceLocation Loc;
1225  IdentType Type;
1226  Stmt *FnName;
1227 
1228 public:
1230  StringLiteral *SL);
1231 
1232  /// Construct an empty predefined expression.
1233  explicit PredefinedExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
1234  : Expr(PredefinedExprClass, Empty), Loc(), Type(Func), FnName(nullptr) {}
1235 
1236  IdentType getIdentType() const { return Type; }
1237 
1238  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
1239  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
1240 
1241  StringLiteral *getFunctionName();
1243  return const_cast<PredefinedExpr *>(this)->getFunctionName();
1244  }
1245 
1246  static StringRef getIdentTypeName(IdentType IT);
1247  static std::string ComputeName(IdentType IT, const Decl *CurrentDecl);
1248 
1249  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1250  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1251  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1252  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1253 
1254  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1255  return T->getStmtClass() == PredefinedExprClass;
1256  }
1257 
1258  // Iterators
1259  child_range children() { return child_range(&FnName, &FnName + 1); }
1261  return const_child_range(&FnName, &FnName + 1);
1262  }
1263 
1264  friend class ASTStmtReader;
1265 };
1266 
1267 /// Used by IntegerLiteral/FloatingLiteral to store the numeric without
1268 /// leaking memory.
1269 ///
1270 /// For large floats/integers, APFloat/APInt will allocate memory from the heap
1271 /// to represent these numbers. Unfortunately, when we use a BumpPtrAllocator
1272 /// to allocate IntegerLiteral/FloatingLiteral nodes the memory associated with
1273 /// the APFloat/APInt values will never get freed. APNumericStorage uses
1274 /// ASTContext's allocator for memory allocation.
1276  union {
1277  uint64_t VAL; ///< Used to store the <= 64 bits integer value.
1278  uint64_t *pVal; ///< Used to store the >64 bits integer value.
1279  };
1280  unsigned BitWidth;
1281 
1282  bool hasAllocation() const { return llvm::APInt::getNumWords(BitWidth) > 1; }
1283 
1284  APNumericStorage(const APNumericStorage &) = delete;
1285  void operator=(const APNumericStorage &) = delete;
1286 
1287 protected:
1288  APNumericStorage() : VAL(0), BitWidth(0) { }
1289 
1290  llvm::APInt getIntValue() const {
1291  unsigned NumWords = llvm::APInt::getNumWords(BitWidth);
1292  if (NumWords > 1)
1293  return llvm::APInt(BitWidth, NumWords, pVal);
1294  else
1295  return llvm::APInt(BitWidth, VAL);
1296  }
1297  void setIntValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &Val);
1298 };
1299 
1301 public:
1302  llvm::APInt getValue() const { return getIntValue(); }
1303  void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &Val) {
1304  setIntValue(C, Val);
1305  }
1306 };
1307 
1309 public:
1310  llvm::APFloat getValue(const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics) const {
1311  return llvm::APFloat(Semantics, getIntValue());
1312  }
1313  void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) {
1314  setIntValue(C, Val.bitcastToAPInt());
1315  }
1316 };
1317 
1318 class IntegerLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage {
1319  SourceLocation Loc;
1320 
1321  /// Construct an empty integer literal.
1322  explicit IntegerLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
1323  : Expr(IntegerLiteralClass, Empty) { }
1324 
1325 public:
1326  // type should be IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy, UnsignedLongTy,
1327  // or UnsignedLongLongTy
1328  IntegerLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type,
1329  SourceLocation l);
1330 
1331  /// Returns a new integer literal with value 'V' and type 'type'.
1332  /// \param type - either IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy,
1333  /// UnsignedLongTy, or UnsignedLongLongTy which should match the size of V
1334  /// \param V - the value that the returned integer literal contains.
1335  static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V,
1336  QualType type, SourceLocation l);
1337  /// Returns a new empty integer literal.
1338  static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
1339 
1340  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1341  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1342  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1343  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1344 
1345  /// Retrieve the location of the literal.
1346  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
1347 
1348  void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; }
1349 
1350  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1351  return T->getStmtClass() == IntegerLiteralClass;
1352  }
1353 
1354  // Iterators
1357  }
1360  }
1361 };
1362 
1363 class FixedPointLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage {
1364  SourceLocation Loc;
1365  unsigned Scale;
1366 
1367  /// \brief Construct an empty integer literal.
1368  explicit FixedPointLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
1369  : Expr(FixedPointLiteralClass, Empty) {}
1370 
1371  public:
1372  FixedPointLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type,
1373  SourceLocation l, unsigned Scale);
1374 
1375  // Store the int as is without any bit shifting.
1376  static FixedPointLiteral *CreateFromRawInt(const ASTContext &C,
1377  const llvm::APInt &V,
1378  QualType type, SourceLocation l,
1379  unsigned Scale);
1380 
1381  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1382  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1383  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1384  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1385 
1386  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the literal.
1387  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
1388 
1389  void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; }
1390 
1391  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1392  return T->getStmtClass() == FixedPointLiteralClass;
1393  }
1394 
1395  std::string getValueAsString(unsigned Radix) const;
1396 
1397  // Iterators
1400  }
1403  }
1404 };
1405 
1406 class CharacterLiteral : public Expr {
1407 public:
1413  UTF32
1414  };
1415 
1416 private:
1417  unsigned Value;
1418  SourceLocation Loc;
1419 public:
1420  // type should be IntTy
1422  SourceLocation l)
1423  : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, type, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
1424  false, false),
1425  Value(value), Loc(l) {
1426  CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = kind;
1427  }
1428 
1429  /// Construct an empty character literal.
1430  CharacterLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, Empty) { }
1431 
1432  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
1434  return static_cast<CharacterKind>(CharacterLiteralBits.Kind);
1435  }
1436 
1437  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1438  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1439  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1440  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1441 
1442  unsigned getValue() const { return Value; }
1443 
1444  void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; }
1445  void setKind(CharacterKind kind) { CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = kind; }
1446  void setValue(unsigned Val) { Value = Val; }
1447 
1448  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1449  return T->getStmtClass() == CharacterLiteralClass;
1450  }
1451 
1452  // Iterators
1455  }
1458  }
1459 };
1460 
1461 class FloatingLiteral : public Expr, private APFloatStorage {
1462  SourceLocation Loc;
1463 
1464  FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V, bool isexact,
1466 
1467  /// Construct an empty floating-point literal.
1468  explicit FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
1469 
1470 public:
1471  static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V,
1472  bool isexact, QualType Type, SourceLocation L);
1473  static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
1474 
1475  llvm::APFloat getValue() const {
1476  return APFloatStorage::getValue(getSemantics());
1477  }
1478  void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) {
1479  assert(&getSemantics() == &Val.getSemantics() && "Inconsistent semantics");
1480  APFloatStorage::setValue(C, Val);
1481  }
1482 
1483  /// Get a raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of
1484  /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation.
1486  return static_cast<APFloatSemantics>(FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics);
1487  }
1488 
1489  /// Set the raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of
1490  /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation.
1492  FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = Sem;
1493  }
1494 
1495  /// Return the APFloat semantics this literal uses.
1496  const llvm::fltSemantics &getSemantics() const;
1497 
1498  /// Set the APFloat semantics this literal uses.
1499  void setSemantics(const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem);
1500 
1501  bool isExact() const { return FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact; }
1502  void setExact(bool E) { FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact = E; }
1503 
1504  /// getValueAsApproximateDouble - This returns the value as an inaccurate
1505  /// double. Note that this may cause loss of precision, but is useful for
1506  /// debugging dumps, etc.
1507  double getValueAsApproximateDouble() const;
1508 
1509  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
1510  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
1511 
1512  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1513  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1514  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1515  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1516 
1517  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1518  return T->getStmtClass() == FloatingLiteralClass;
1519  }
1520 
1521  // Iterators
1524  }
1527  }
1528 };
1529 
1530 /// ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals,
1531 /// like "1.0i". We represent these as a wrapper around FloatingLiteral and
1532 /// IntegerLiteral classes. Instances of this class always have a Complex type
1533 /// whose element type matches the subexpression.
1534 ///
1535 class ImaginaryLiteral : public Expr {
1536  Stmt *Val;
1537 public:
1539  : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
1540  false, false),
1541  Val(val) {}
1542 
1543  /// Build an empty imaginary literal.
1545  : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Empty) { }
1546 
1547  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
1548  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
1549  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
1550 
1551  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1552  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
1553  return Val->getLocStart();
1554  }
1555  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1556  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Val->getLocEnd(); }
1557 
1558  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1559  return T->getStmtClass() == ImaginaryLiteralClass;
1560  }
1561 
1562  // Iterators
1563  child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
1565  return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1);
1566  }
1567 };
1568 
1569 /// StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g. "foo"
1570 /// or L"bar" (wide strings). The actual string is returned by getBytes()
1571 /// is NOT null-terminated, and the length of the string is determined by
1572 /// calling getByteLength(). The C type for a string is always a
1573 /// ConstantArrayType. In C++, the char type is const qualified, in C it is
1574 /// not.
1575 ///
1576 /// Note that strings in C can be formed by concatenation of multiple string
1577 /// literal pptokens in translation phase #6. This keeps track of the locations
1578 /// of each of these pieces.
1579 ///
1580 /// Strings in C can also be truncated and extended by assigning into arrays,
1581 /// e.g. with constructs like:
1582 /// char X[2] = "foobar";
1583 /// In this case, getByteLength() will return 6, but the string literal will
1584 /// have type "char[2]".
1585 class StringLiteral : public Expr {
1586 public:
1587  enum StringKind {
1592  UTF32
1593  };
1594 
1595 private:
1596  friend class ASTStmtReader;
1597 
1598  union {
1599  const char *asChar;
1600  const uint16_t *asUInt16;
1601  const uint32_t *asUInt32;
1602  } StrData;
1603  unsigned Length;
1604  unsigned CharByteWidth : 4;
1605  unsigned Kind : 3;
1606  unsigned IsPascal : 1;
1607  unsigned NumConcatenated;
1608  SourceLocation TokLocs[1];
1609 
1610  StringLiteral(QualType Ty) :
1611  Expr(StringLiteralClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false, false,
1612  false) {}
1613 
1614  static int mapCharByteWidth(TargetInfo const &target,StringKind k);
1615 
1616 public:
1617  /// This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of
1618  /// strings formed from multiple concatenated tokens.
1619  static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, StringRef Str,
1620  StringKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty,
1621  const SourceLocation *Loc, unsigned NumStrs);
1622 
1623  /// Simple constructor for string literals made from one token.
1624  static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, StringRef Str,
1625  StringKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty,
1626  SourceLocation Loc) {
1627  return Create(C, Str, Kind, Pascal, Ty, &Loc, 1);
1628  }
1629 
1630  /// Construct an empty string literal.
1631  static StringLiteral *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, unsigned NumStrs);
1632 
1633  StringRef getString() const {
1634  assert(CharByteWidth==1
1635  && "This function is used in places that assume strings use char");
1636  return StringRef(StrData.asChar, getByteLength());
1637  }
1638 
1639  /// Allow access to clients that need the byte representation, such as
1640  /// ASTWriterStmt::VisitStringLiteral().
1641  StringRef getBytes() const {
1642  // FIXME: StringRef may not be the right type to use as a result for this.
1643  if (CharByteWidth == 1)
1644  return StringRef(StrData.asChar, getByteLength());
1645  if (CharByteWidth == 4)
1646  return StringRef(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(StrData.asUInt32),
1647  getByteLength());
1648  assert(CharByteWidth == 2 && "unsupported CharByteWidth");
1649  return StringRef(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(StrData.asUInt16),
1650  getByteLength());
1651  }
1652 
1653  void outputString(raw_ostream &OS) const;
1654 
1655  uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const {
1656  assert(i < Length && "out of bounds access");
1657  if (CharByteWidth == 1)
1658  return static_cast<unsigned char>(StrData.asChar[i]);
1659  if (CharByteWidth == 4)
1660  return StrData.asUInt32[i];
1661  assert(CharByteWidth == 2 && "unsupported CharByteWidth");
1662  return StrData.asUInt16[i];
1663  }
1664 
1665  unsigned getByteLength() const { return CharByteWidth*Length; }
1666  unsigned getLength() const { return Length; }
1667  unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return CharByteWidth; }
1668 
1669  /// Sets the string data to the given string data.
1670  void setString(const ASTContext &C, StringRef Str,
1671  StringKind Kind, bool IsPascal);
1672 
1673  StringKind getKind() const { return static_cast<StringKind>(Kind); }
1674 
1675 
1676  bool isAscii() const { return Kind == Ascii; }
1677  bool isWide() const { return Kind == Wide; }
1678  bool isUTF8() const { return Kind == UTF8; }
1679  bool isUTF16() const { return Kind == UTF16; }
1680  bool isUTF32() const { return Kind == UTF32; }
1681  bool isPascal() const { return IsPascal; }
1682 
1683  bool containsNonAscii() const {
1684  StringRef Str = getString();
1685  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Str.size(); i != e; ++i)
1686  if (!isASCII(Str[i]))
1687  return true;
1688  return false;
1689  }
1690 
1691  bool containsNonAsciiOrNull() const {
1692  StringRef Str = getString();
1693  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Str.size(); i != e; ++i)
1694  if (!isASCII(Str[i]) || !Str[i])
1695  return true;
1696  return false;
1697  }
1698 
1699  /// getNumConcatenated - Get the number of string literal tokens that were
1700  /// concatenated in translation phase #6 to form this string literal.
1701  unsigned getNumConcatenated() const { return NumConcatenated; }
1702 
1703  SourceLocation getStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum) const {
1704  assert(TokNum < NumConcatenated && "Invalid tok number");
1705  return TokLocs[TokNum];
1706  }
1707  void setStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum, SourceLocation L) {
1708  assert(TokNum < NumConcatenated && "Invalid tok number");
1709  TokLocs[TokNum] = L;
1710  }
1711 
1712  /// getLocationOfByte - Return a source location that points to the specified
1713  /// byte of this string literal.
1714  ///
1715  /// Strings are amazingly complex. They can be formed from multiple tokens
1716  /// and can have escape sequences in them in addition to the usual trigraph
1717  /// and escaped newline business. This routine handles this complexity.
1718  ///
1720  getLocationOfByte(unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM,
1721  const LangOptions &Features, const TargetInfo &Target,
1722  unsigned *StartToken = nullptr,
1723  unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const;
1724 
1726  tokloc_iterator tokloc_begin() const { return TokLocs; }
1727  tokloc_iterator tokloc_end() const { return TokLocs + NumConcatenated; }
1728 
1729  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1730  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokLocs[0]; }
1731  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1732  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
1733  return TokLocs[NumConcatenated - 1];
1734  }
1735 
1736  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1737  return T->getStmtClass() == StringLiteralClass;
1738  }
1739 
1740  // Iterators
1743  }
1746  }
1747 };
1748 
1749 /// ParenExpr - This represents a parethesized expression, e.g. "(1)". This
1750 /// AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
1751 class ParenExpr : public Expr {
1752  SourceLocation L, R;
1753  Stmt *Val;
1754 public:
1756  : Expr(ParenExprClass, val->getType(),
1757  val->getValueKind(), val->getObjectKind(),
1758  val->isTypeDependent(), val->isValueDependent(),
1759  val->isInstantiationDependent(),
1760  val->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
1761  L(l), R(r), Val(val) {}
1762 
1763  /// Construct an empty parenthesized expression.
1764  explicit ParenExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
1765  : Expr(ParenExprClass, Empty) { }
1766 
1767  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
1768  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
1769  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
1770 
1771  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1772  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return L; }
1773  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1774  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return R; }
1775 
1776  /// Get the location of the left parentheses '('.
1777  SourceLocation getLParen() const { return L; }
1778  void setLParen(SourceLocation Loc) { L = Loc; }
1779 
1780  /// Get the location of the right parentheses ')'.
1781  SourceLocation getRParen() const { return R; }
1782  void setRParen(SourceLocation Loc) { R = Loc; }
1783 
1784  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1785  return T->getStmtClass() == ParenExprClass;
1786  }
1787 
1788  // Iterators
1789  child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
1791  return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1);
1792  }
1793 };
1794 
1795 /// UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
1796 /// alignof), the postinc/postdec operators from postfix-expression, and various
1797 /// extensions.
1798 ///
1799 /// Notes on various nodes:
1800 ///
1801 /// Real/Imag - These return the real/imag part of a complex operand. If
1802 /// applied to a non-complex value, the former returns its operand and the
1803 /// later returns zero in the type of the operand.
1804 ///
1805 class UnaryOperator : public Expr {
1806 public:
1808 
1809 private:
1810  unsigned Opc : 5;
1811  unsigned CanOverflow : 1;
1812  SourceLocation Loc;
1813  Stmt *Val;
1814 public:
1815  UnaryOperator(Expr *input, Opcode opc, QualType type, ExprValueKind VK,
1816  ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l, bool CanOverflow)
1817  : Expr(UnaryOperatorClass, type, VK, OK,
1818  input->isTypeDependent() || type->isDependentType(),
1819  input->isValueDependent(),
1820  (input->isInstantiationDependent() ||
1821  type->isInstantiationDependentType()),
1822  input->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
1823  Opc(opc), CanOverflow(CanOverflow), Loc(l), Val(input) {}
1824 
1825  /// Build an empty unary operator.
1826  explicit UnaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
1827  : Expr(UnaryOperatorClass, Empty), Opc(UO_AddrOf) { }
1828 
1829  Opcode getOpcode() const { return static_cast<Opcode>(Opc); }
1830  void setOpcode(Opcode O) { Opc = O; }
1831 
1832  Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
1833  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
1834 
1835  /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator.
1836  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return Loc; }
1837  void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
1838 
1839  /// Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow. For instance,
1840  /// signed int i = INT_MAX; i++;
1841  /// signed char c = CHAR_MAX; c++;
1842  /// Due to integer promotions, c++ is promoted to an int before the postfix
1843  /// increment, and the result is an int that cannot overflow. However, i++
1844  /// can overflow.
1845  bool canOverflow() const { return CanOverflow; }
1846  void setCanOverflow(bool C) { CanOverflow = C; }
1847 
1848  /// isPostfix - Return true if this is a postfix operation, like x++.
1849  static bool isPostfix(Opcode Op) {
1850  return Op == UO_PostInc || Op == UO_PostDec;
1851  }
1852 
1853  /// isPrefix - Return true if this is a prefix operation, like --x.
1854  static bool isPrefix(Opcode Op) {
1855  return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PreDec;
1856  }
1857 
1858  bool isPrefix() const { return isPrefix(getOpcode()); }
1859  bool isPostfix() const { return isPostfix(getOpcode()); }
1860 
1861  static bool isIncrementOp(Opcode Op) {
1862  return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PostInc;
1863  }
1864  bool isIncrementOp() const {
1865  return isIncrementOp(getOpcode());
1866  }
1867 
1868  static bool isDecrementOp(Opcode Op) {
1869  return Op == UO_PreDec || Op == UO_PostDec;
1870  }
1871  bool isDecrementOp() const {
1872  return isDecrementOp(getOpcode());
1873  }
1874 
1875  static bool isIncrementDecrementOp(Opcode Op) { return Op <= UO_PreDec; }
1876  bool isIncrementDecrementOp() const {
1877  return isIncrementDecrementOp(getOpcode());
1878  }
1879 
1880  static bool isArithmeticOp(Opcode Op) {
1881  return Op >= UO_Plus && Op <= UO_LNot;
1882  }
1883  bool isArithmeticOp() const { return isArithmeticOp(getOpcode()); }
1884 
1885  /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it
1886  /// corresponds to, e.g. "sizeof" or "[pre]++"
1887  static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op);
1888 
1889  /// Retrieve the unary opcode that corresponds to the given
1890  /// overloaded operator.
1891  static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO, bool Postfix);
1892 
1893  /// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to
1894  /// the given unary opcode.
1895  static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc);
1896 
1897  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
1898  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
1899  return isPostfix() ? Val->getLocStart() : Loc;
1900  }
1901  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
1902  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
1903  return isPostfix() ? Loc : Val->getLocEnd();
1904  }
1905  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
1906 
1907  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
1908  return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryOperatorClass;
1909  }
1910 
1911  // Iterators
1912  child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
1914  return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1);
1915  }
1916 };
1917 
1918 /// Helper class for OffsetOfExpr.
1919 
1920 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
1922 public:
1923  /// The kind of offsetof node we have.
1924  enum Kind {
1925  /// An index into an array.
1926  Array = 0x00,
1927  /// A field.
1928  Field = 0x01,
1929  /// A field in a dependent type, known only by its name.
1930  Identifier = 0x02,
1931  /// An implicit indirection through a C++ base class, when the
1932  /// field found is in a base class.
1933  Base = 0x03
1934  };
1935 
1936 private:
1937  enum { MaskBits = 2, Mask = 0x03 };
1938 
1939  /// The source range that covers this part of the designator.
1940  SourceRange Range;
1941 
1942  /// The data describing the designator, which comes in three
1943  /// different forms, depending on the lower two bits.
1944  /// - An unsigned index into the array of Expr*'s stored after this node
1945  /// in memory, for [constant-expression] designators.
1946  /// - A FieldDecl*, for references to a known field.
1947  /// - An IdentifierInfo*, for references to a field with a given name
1948  /// when the class type is dependent.
1949  /// - A CXXBaseSpecifier*, for references that look at a field in a
1950  /// base class.
1951  uintptr_t Data;
1952 
1953 public:
1954  /// Create an offsetof node that refers to an array element.
1955  OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation LBracketLoc, unsigned Index,
1956  SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
1957  : Range(LBracketLoc, RBracketLoc), Data((Index << 2) | Array) {}
1958 
1959  /// Create an offsetof node that refers to a field.
1961  : Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc),
1962  Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Field) | OffsetOfNode::Field) {}
1963 
1964  /// Create an offsetof node that refers to an identifier.
1966  SourceLocation NameLoc)
1967  : Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc),
1968  Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Name) | Identifier) {}
1969 
1970  /// Create an offsetof node that refers into a C++ base class.
1972  : Range(), Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Base) | OffsetOfNode::Base) {}
1973 
1974  /// Determine what kind of offsetof node this is.
1975  Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Data & Mask); }
1976 
1977  /// For an array element node, returns the index into the array
1978  /// of expressions.
1979  unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const {
1980  assert(getKind() == Array);
1981  return Data >> 2;
1982  }
1983 
1984  /// For a field offsetof node, returns the field.
1985  FieldDecl *getField() const {
1986  assert(getKind() == Field);
1987  return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask);
1988  }
1989 
1990  /// For a field or identifier offsetof node, returns the name of
1991  /// the field.
1992  IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const;
1993 
1994  /// For a base class node, returns the base specifier.
1996  assert(getKind() == Base);
1997  return reinterpret_cast<CXXBaseSpecifier *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask);
1998  }
1999 
2000  /// Retrieve the source range that covers this offsetof node.
2001  ///
2002  /// For an array element node, the source range contains the locations of
2003  /// the square brackets. For a field or identifier node, the source range
2004  /// contains the location of the period (if there is one) and the
2005  /// identifier.
2006  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
2007  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
2008  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
2009  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
2010  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
2011 };
2012 
2013 /// OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form
2014 /// offsetof(record-type, member-designator). For example, given:
2015 /// @code
2016 /// struct S {
2017 /// float f;
2018 /// double d;
2019 /// };
2020 /// struct T {
2021 /// int i;
2022 /// struct S s[10];
2023 /// };
2024 /// @endcode
2025 /// we can represent and evaluate the expression @c offsetof(struct T, s[2].d).
2026 
2027 class OffsetOfExpr final
2028  : public Expr,
2029  private llvm::TrailingObjects<OffsetOfExpr, OffsetOfNode, Expr *> {
2030  SourceLocation OperatorLoc, RParenLoc;
2031  // Base type;
2032  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
2033  // Number of sub-components (i.e. instances of OffsetOfNode).
2034  unsigned NumComps;
2035  // Number of sub-expressions (i.e. array subscript expressions).
2036  unsigned NumExprs;
2037 
2038  size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<OffsetOfNode>) const {
2039  return NumComps;
2040  }
2041 
2043  SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi,
2045  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2046 
2047  explicit OffsetOfExpr(unsigned numComps, unsigned numExprs)
2048  : Expr(OffsetOfExprClass, EmptyShell()),
2049  TSInfo(nullptr), NumComps(numComps), NumExprs(numExprs) {}
2050 
2051 public:
2052 
2053  static OffsetOfExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType type,
2054  SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi,
2055  ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps,
2056  ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2057 
2058  static OffsetOfExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C,
2059  unsigned NumComps, unsigned NumExprs);
2060 
2061  /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator.
2062  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; }
2063  void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OperatorLoc = L; }
2064 
2065  /// Return the location of the right parentheses.
2066  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
2067  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation R) { RParenLoc = R; }
2068 
2070  return TSInfo;
2071  }
2073  TSInfo = tsi;
2074  }
2075 
2076  const OffsetOfNode &getComponent(unsigned Idx) const {
2077  assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range");
2078  return getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx];
2079  }
2080 
2081  void setComponent(unsigned Idx, OffsetOfNode ON) {
2082  assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range");
2083  getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx] = ON;
2084  }
2085 
2086  unsigned getNumComponents() const {
2087  return NumComps;
2088  }
2089 
2090  Expr* getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) {
2091  assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range");
2092  return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx];
2093  }
2094 
2095  const Expr *getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) const {
2096  assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range");
2097  return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx];
2098  }
2099 
2100  void setIndexExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr* E) {
2101  assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range");
2102  getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx] = E;
2103  }
2104 
2105  unsigned getNumExpressions() const {
2106  return NumExprs;
2107  }
2108 
2109  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
2110  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OperatorLoc; }
2111  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
2112  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
2113 
2114  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
2115  return T->getStmtClass() == OffsetOfExprClass;
2116  }
2117 
2118  // Iterators
2120  Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>());
2121  return child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs);
2122  }
2124  Stmt *const *begin =
2125  reinterpret_cast<Stmt *const *>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>());
2126  return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs);
2127  }
2129 };
2130 
2131 /// UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated)
2132 /// expression operand. Used for sizeof/alignof (C99 6.5.3.4) and
2133 /// vec_step (OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12).
2135  union {
2138  } Argument;
2139  SourceLocation OpLoc, RParenLoc;
2140 
2141 public:
2143  QualType resultType, SourceLocation op,
2144  SourceLocation rp) :
2145  Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
2146  false, // Never type-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3).
2147  // Value-dependent if the argument is type-dependent.
2148  TInfo->getType()->isDependentType(),
2149  TInfo->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2150  TInfo->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2151  OpLoc(op), RParenLoc(rp) {
2152  UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = ExprKind;
2153  UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true;
2154  Argument.Ty = TInfo;
2155  }
2156 
2158  QualType resultType, SourceLocation op,
2159  SourceLocation rp);
2160 
2161  /// Construct an empty sizeof/alignof expression.
2163  : Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, Empty) { }
2164 
2166  return static_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTrait>(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind);
2167  }
2168  void setKind(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait K) { UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = K;}
2169 
2170  bool isArgumentType() const { return UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType; }
2172  return getArgumentTypeInfo()->getType();
2173  }
2175  assert(isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentType() when arg is expr");
2176  return Argument.Ty;
2177  }
2179  assert(!isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentExpr() when arg is type");
2180  return static_cast<Expr*>(Argument.Ex);
2181  }
2182  const Expr *getArgumentExpr() const {
2183  return const_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr*>(this)->getArgumentExpr();
2184  }
2185 
2186  void setArgument(Expr *E) {
2187  Argument.Ex = E;
2188  UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = false;
2189  }
2191  Argument.Ty = TInfo;
2192  UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true;
2193  }
2194 
2195  /// Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever
2196  /// is appropriate.
2198  return isArgumentType() ? getArgumentType() : getArgumentExpr()->getType();
2199  }
2200 
2201  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OpLoc; }
2202  void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; }
2203 
2204  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
2205  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
2206 
2207  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
2208  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OpLoc; }
2209  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
2210  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
2211 
2212  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
2213  return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass;
2214  }
2215 
2216  // Iterators
2218  const_child_range children() const;
2219 };
2220 
2221 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2222 // Postfix Operators.
2223 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2224 
2225 /// ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
2226 class ArraySubscriptExpr : public Expr {
2227  enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR=2 };
2228  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
2229  SourceLocation RBracketLoc;
2230 public:
2233  SourceLocation rbracketloc)
2234  : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, t, VK, OK,
2235  lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent(),
2236  lhs->isValueDependent() || rhs->isValueDependent(),
2237  (lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
2238  rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
2239  (lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
2240  rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
2241  RBracketLoc(rbracketloc) {
2242  SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
2243  SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
2244  }
2245 
2246  /// Create an empty array subscript expression.
2248  : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, Shell) { }
2249 
2250  /// An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent).
2251  /// - getBase() and getIdx() always present the normalized view: A[4].
2252  /// In this case getBase() returns "A" and getIdx() returns "4".
2253  /// - getLHS() and getRHS() present the syntactic view. e.g. for
2254  /// 4[A] getLHS() returns "4".
2255  /// Note: Because vector element access is also written A[4] we must
2256  /// predicate the format conversion in getBase and getIdx only on the
2257  /// the type of the RHS, as it is possible for the LHS to be a vector of
2258  /// integer type
2259  Expr *getLHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
2260  const Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
2261  void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; }
2262 
2263  Expr *getRHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
2264  const Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
2265  void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; }
2266 
2268  return getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType() ? getLHS() : getRHS();
2269  }
2270 
2271  const Expr *getBase() const {
2272  return getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType() ? getLHS() : getRHS();
2273  }
2274 
2276  return getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType() ? getRHS() : getLHS();
2277  }
2278 
2279  const Expr *getIdx() const {
2280  return getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType() ? getRHS() : getLHS();
2281  }
2282 
2283  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
2284  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
2285  return getLHS()->getLocStart();
2286  }
2287  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
2288  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RBracketLoc; }
2289 
2290  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return RBracketLoc; }
2291  void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBracketLoc = L; }
2292 
2293  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
2294  return getBase()->getExprLoc();
2295  }
2296 
2297  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
2298  return T->getStmtClass() == ArraySubscriptExprClass;
2299  }
2300 
2301  // Iterators
2303  return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
2304  }
2306  return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
2307  }
2308 };
2309 
2310 /// CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]).
2311 /// CallExpr itself represents a normal function call, e.g., "f(x, 2)",
2312 /// while its subclasses may represent alternative syntax that (semantically)
2313 /// results in a function call. For example, CXXOperatorCallExpr is
2314 /// a subclass for overloaded operator calls that use operator syntax, e.g.,
2315 /// "str1 + str2" to resolve to a function call.
2316 class CallExpr : public Expr {
2317  enum { FN=0, PREARGS_START=1 };
2318  Stmt **SubExprs;
2319  unsigned NumArgs;
2320  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
2321 
2322  void updateDependenciesFromArg(Expr *Arg);
2323 
2324 protected:
2325  // These versions of the constructor are for derived classes.
2326  CallExpr(const ASTContext &C, StmtClass SC, Expr *fn,
2327  ArrayRef<Expr *> preargs, ArrayRef<Expr *> args, QualType t,
2328  ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation rparenloc);
2329  CallExpr(const ASTContext &C, StmtClass SC, Expr *fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> args,
2330  QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation rparenloc);
2331  CallExpr(const ASTContext &C, StmtClass SC, unsigned NumPreArgs,
2332  EmptyShell Empty);
2333 
2334  Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned i) {
2335  assert(i < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!");
2336  return SubExprs[PREARGS_START+i];
2337  }
2338  const Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned i) const {
2339  assert(i < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!");
2340  return SubExprs[PREARGS_START+i];
2341  }
2342  void setPreArg(unsigned i, Stmt *PreArg) {
2343  assert(i < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!");
2344  SubExprs[PREARGS_START+i] = PreArg;
2345  }
2346 
2347  unsigned getNumPreArgs() const { return CallExprBits.NumPreArgs; }
2348 
2349 public:
2350  CallExpr(const ASTContext& C, Expr *fn, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t,
2351  ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation rparenloc);
2352 
2353  /// Build an empty call expression.
2354  CallExpr(const ASTContext &C, StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty);
2355 
2356  const Expr *getCallee() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[FN]); }
2357  Expr *getCallee() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[FN]); }
2358  void setCallee(Expr *F) { SubExprs[FN] = F; }
2359 
2360  Decl *getCalleeDecl();
2361  const Decl *getCalleeDecl() const {
2362  return const_cast<CallExpr*>(this)->getCalleeDecl();
2363  }
2364 
2365  /// If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return 0.
2366  FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee();
2368  return const_cast<CallExpr*>(this)->getDirectCallee();
2369  }
2370 
2371  /// getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call.
2372  ///
2373  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
2374 
2375  /// Retrieve the call arguments.
2377  return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs+getNumPreArgs()+PREARGS_START);
2378  }
2379  const Expr *const *getArgs() const {
2380  return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs + getNumPreArgs() +
2381  PREARGS_START);
2382  }
2383 
2384  /// getArg - Return the specified argument.
2385  Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) {
2386  assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
2387  return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[Arg + getNumPreArgs() + PREARGS_START]);
2388  }
2389  const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const {
2390  assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
2391  return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[Arg + getNumPreArgs() + PREARGS_START]);
2392  }
2393 
2394  /// setArg - Set the specified argument.
2395  void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) {
2396  assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
2397  SubExprs[Arg+getNumPreArgs()+PREARGS_START] = ArgExpr;
2398  }
2399 
2400  /// setNumArgs - This changes the number of arguments present in this call.
2401  /// Any orphaned expressions are deleted by this, and any new operands are set
2402  /// to null.
2403  void setNumArgs(const ASTContext& C, unsigned NumArgs);
2404 
2407  typedef llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator> arg_range;
2408  typedef llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator> arg_const_range;
2409 
2410  arg_range arguments() { return arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); }
2411  arg_const_range arguments() const {
2412  return arg_const_range(arg_begin(), arg_end());
2413  }
2414 
2415  arg_iterator arg_begin() { return SubExprs+PREARGS_START+getNumPreArgs(); }
2416  arg_iterator arg_end() {
2417  return SubExprs+PREARGS_START+getNumPreArgs()+getNumArgs();
2418  }
2419  const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const {
2420  return SubExprs+PREARGS_START+getNumPreArgs();
2421  }
2422  const_arg_iterator arg_end() const {
2423  return SubExprs+PREARGS_START+getNumPreArgs()+getNumArgs();
2424  }
2425 
2426  /// This method provides fast access to all the subexpressions of
2427  /// a CallExpr without going through the slower virtual child_iterator
2428  /// interface. This provides efficient reverse iteration of the
2429  /// subexpressions. This is currently used for CFG construction.
2431  return llvm::makeArrayRef(SubExprs,
2432  getNumPreArgs() + PREARGS_START + getNumArgs());
2433  }
2434 
2435  /// getNumCommas - Return the number of commas that must have been present in
2436  /// this function call.
2437  unsigned getNumCommas() const { return NumArgs ? NumArgs - 1 : 0; }
2438 
2439  /// getBuiltinCallee - If this is a call to a builtin, return the builtin ID
2440  /// of the callee. If not, return 0.
2441  unsigned getBuiltinCallee() const;
2442 
2443  /// Returns \c true if this is a call to a builtin which does not
2444  /// evaluate side-effects within its arguments.
2445  bool isUnevaluatedBuiltinCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
2446 
2447  /// getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr. This is not
2448  /// always the type of the expr itself, if the return type is a reference
2449  /// type.
2450  QualType getCallReturnType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
2451 
2452  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
2453  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
2454 
2455  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
2456  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
2457  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
2458  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
2459 
2460  /// Return true if this is a call to __assume() or __builtin_assume() with
2461  /// a non-value-dependent constant parameter evaluating as false.
2462  bool isBuiltinAssumeFalse(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
2463 
2464  bool isCallToStdMove() const {
2465  const FunctionDecl* FD = getDirectCallee();
2466  return getNumArgs() == 1 && FD && FD->isInStdNamespace() &&
2467  FD->getIdentifier() && FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move");
2468  }
2469 
2470  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
2471  return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCallExprConstant &&
2472  T->getStmtClass() <= lastCallExprConstant;
2473  }
2474 
2475  // Iterators
2477  return child_range(&SubExprs[0],
2478  &SubExprs[0]+NumArgs+getNumPreArgs()+PREARGS_START);
2479  }
2480 
2482  return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NumArgs +
2483  getNumPreArgs() + PREARGS_START);
2484  }
2485 };
2486 
2487 /// Extra data stored in some MemberExpr objects.
2489  /// The nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, including
2490  /// source-location information.
2492 
2493  /// The DeclAccessPair through which the MemberDecl was found due to
2494  /// name qualifiers.
2496 };
2497 
2498 /// MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members. X->F and X.F.
2499 ///
2500 class MemberExpr final
2501  : public Expr,
2502  private llvm::TrailingObjects<MemberExpr, MemberExprNameQualifier,
2503  ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
2504  TemplateArgumentLoc> {
2505  /// Base - the expression for the base pointer or structure references. In
2506  /// X.F, this is "X".
2507  Stmt *Base;
2508 
2509  /// MemberDecl - This is the decl being referenced by the field/member name.
2510  /// In X.F, this is the decl referenced by F.
2511  ValueDecl *MemberDecl;
2512 
2513  /// MemberDNLoc - Provides source/type location info for the
2514  /// declaration name embedded in MemberDecl.
2515  DeclarationNameLoc MemberDNLoc;
2516 
2517  /// MemberLoc - This is the location of the member name.
2518  SourceLocation MemberLoc;
2519 
2520  /// This is the location of the -> or . in the expression.
2521  SourceLocation OperatorLoc;
2522 
2523  /// IsArrow - True if this is "X->F", false if this is "X.F".
2524  bool IsArrow : 1;
2525 
2526  /// True if this member expression used a nested-name-specifier to
2527  /// refer to the member, e.g., "x->Base::f", or found its member via a using
2528  /// declaration. When true, a MemberExprNameQualifier
2529  /// structure is allocated immediately after the MemberExpr.
2530  bool HasQualifierOrFoundDecl : 1;
2531 
2532  /// True if this member expression specified a template keyword
2533  /// and/or a template argument list explicitly, e.g., x->f<int>,
2534  /// x->template f, x->template f<int>.
2535  /// When true, an ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo structure and its
2536  /// TemplateArguments (if any) are present.
2537  bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo : 1;
2538 
2539  /// True if this member expression refers to a method that
2540  /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
2541  bool HadMultipleCandidates : 1;
2542 
2543  size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<MemberExprNameQualifier>) const {
2544  return HasQualifierOrFoundDecl ? 1 : 0;
2545  }
2546 
2547  size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const {
2548  return HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo ? 1 : 0;
2549  }
2550 
2551 public:
2552  MemberExpr(Expr *base, bool isarrow, SourceLocation operatorloc,
2553  ValueDecl *memberdecl, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2555  : Expr(MemberExprClass, ty, VK, OK, base->isTypeDependent(),
2556  base->isValueDependent(), base->isInstantiationDependent(),
2557  base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2558  Base(base), MemberDecl(memberdecl), MemberDNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()),
2559  MemberLoc(NameInfo.getLoc()), OperatorLoc(operatorloc),
2560  IsArrow(isarrow), HasQualifierOrFoundDecl(false),
2561  HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(false), HadMultipleCandidates(false) {
2562  assert(memberdecl->getDeclName() == NameInfo.getName());
2563  }
2564 
2565  // NOTE: this constructor should be used only when it is known that
2566  // the member name can not provide additional syntactic info
2567  // (i.e., source locations for C++ operator names or type source info
2568  // for constructors, destructors and conversion operators).
2569  MemberExpr(Expr *base, bool isarrow, SourceLocation operatorloc,
2570  ValueDecl *memberdecl, SourceLocation l, QualType ty,
2572  : Expr(MemberExprClass, ty, VK, OK, base->isTypeDependent(),
2573  base->isValueDependent(), base->isInstantiationDependent(),
2574  base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2575  Base(base), MemberDecl(memberdecl), MemberDNLoc(), MemberLoc(l),
2576  OperatorLoc(operatorloc), IsArrow(isarrow),
2577  HasQualifierOrFoundDecl(false), HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(false),
2578  HadMultipleCandidates(false) {}
2579 
2580  static MemberExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *base, bool isarrow,
2581  SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
2582  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
2583  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *memberdecl,
2584  DeclAccessPair founddecl,
2585  DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo,
2586  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *targs, QualType ty,
2587  ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK);
2588 
2589  void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; }
2590  Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
2591 
2592  /// Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers.
2593  ///
2594  /// The returned declaration will be a FieldDecl or (in C++) a VarDecl (for
2595  /// static data members), a CXXMethodDecl, or an EnumConstantDecl.
2596  ValueDecl *getMemberDecl() const { return MemberDecl; }
2597  void setMemberDecl(ValueDecl *D) { MemberDecl = D; }
2598 
2599  /// Retrieves the declaration found by lookup.
2601  if (!HasQualifierOrFoundDecl)
2602  return DeclAccessPair::make(getMemberDecl(),
2603  getMemberDecl()->getAccess());
2604  return getTrailingObjects<MemberExprNameQualifier>()->FoundDecl;
2605  }
2606 
2607  /// Determines whether this member expression actually had
2608  /// a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name of the member, e.g.,
2609  /// x->Base::foo.
2610  bool hasQualifier() const { return getQualifier() != nullptr; }
2611 
2612  /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the
2613  /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name, with source-location
2614  /// information.
2616  if (!HasQualifierOrFoundDecl)
2617  return NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
2618 
2619  return getTrailingObjects<MemberExprNameQualifier>()->QualifierLoc;
2620  }
2621 
2622  /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the
2623  /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name. Otherwise, returns
2624  /// NULL.
2626  return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier();
2627  }
2628 
2629  /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding
2630  /// the member name, if any.
2632  if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
2633  return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc;
2634  }
2635 
2636  /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the
2637  /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any.
2639  if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
2640  return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc;
2641  }
2642 
2643  /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the
2644  /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any.
2646  if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
2647  return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc;
2648  }
2649 
2650  /// Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword.
2651  bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
2652 
2653  /// Determines whether the member name was followed by an
2654  /// explicit template argument list.
2655  bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); }
2656 
2657  /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given
2658  /// structure.
2660  if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
2661  getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto(
2662  getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List);
2663  }
2664 
2665  /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this
2666  /// template-id.
2668  if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
2669  return nullptr;
2670 
2671  return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>();
2672  }
2673 
2674  /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this
2675  /// template-id.
2676  unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
2677  if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
2678  return 0;
2679 
2680  return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs;
2681  }
2682 
2684  return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()};
2685  }
2686 
2687  /// Retrieve the member declaration name info.
2689  return DeclarationNameInfo(MemberDecl->getDeclName(),
2690  MemberLoc, MemberDNLoc);
2691  }
2692 
2693  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OperatorLoc; }
2694 
2695  bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; }
2696  void setArrow(bool A) { IsArrow = A; }
2697 
2698  /// getMemberLoc - Return the location of the "member", in X->F, it is the
2699  /// location of 'F'.
2700  SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberLoc; }
2701  void setMemberLoc(SourceLocation L) { MemberLoc = L; }
2702 
2703  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
2704  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
2705  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
2706  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
2707 
2708  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return MemberLoc; }
2709 
2710  /// Determine whether the base of this explicit is implicit.
2711  bool isImplicitAccess() const {
2712  return getBase() && getBase()->isImplicitCXXThis();
2713  }
2714 
2715  /// Returns true if this member expression refers to a method that
2716  /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
2717  bool hadMultipleCandidates() const {
2718  return HadMultipleCandidates;
2719  }
2720  /// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to
2721  /// a method that was resolved from an overloaded set having size
2722  /// greater than 1.
2723  void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) {
2724  HadMultipleCandidates = V;
2725  }
2726 
2727  /// Returns true if virtual dispatch is performed.
2728  /// If the member access is fully qualified, (i.e. X::f()), virtual
2729  /// dispatching is not performed. In -fapple-kext mode qualified
2730  /// calls to virtual method will still go through the vtable.
2731  bool performsVirtualDispatch(const LangOptions &LO) const {
2732  return LO.AppleKext || !hasQualifier();
2733  }
2734 
2735  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
2736  return T->getStmtClass() == MemberExprClass;
2737  }
2738 
2739  // Iterators
2740  child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); }
2742  return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1);
2743  }
2744 
2746  friend class ASTReader;
2747  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
2748 };
2749 
2750 /// CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5]
2751 ///
2752 class CompoundLiteralExpr : public Expr {
2753  /// LParenLoc - If non-null, this is the location of the left paren in a
2754  /// compound literal like "(int){4}". This can be null if this is a
2755  /// synthesized compound expression.
2756  SourceLocation LParenLoc;
2757 
2758  /// The type as written. This can be an incomplete array type, in
2759  /// which case the actual expression type will be different.
2760  /// The int part of the pair stores whether this expr is file scope.
2761  llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfoAndScope;
2762  Stmt *Init;
2763 public:
2765  QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *init, bool fileScope)
2766  : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, T, VK, OK_Ordinary,
2767  tinfo->getType()->isDependentType(),
2768  init->isValueDependent(),
2769  (init->isInstantiationDependent() ||
2770  tinfo->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType()),
2771  init->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2772  LParenLoc(lparenloc), TInfoAndScope(tinfo, fileScope), Init(init) {}
2773 
2774  /// Construct an empty compound literal.
2776  : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, Empty) { }
2777 
2778  const Expr *getInitializer() const { return cast<Expr>(Init); }
2779  Expr *getInitializer() { return cast<Expr>(Init); }
2780  void setInitializer(Expr *E) { Init = E; }
2781 
2782  bool isFileScope() const { return TInfoAndScope.getInt(); }
2783  void setFileScope(bool FS) { TInfoAndScope.setInt(FS); }
2784 
2785  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
2786  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; }
2787 
2789  return TInfoAndScope.getPointer();
2790  }
2792  TInfoAndScope.setPointer(tinfo);
2793  }
2794 
2795  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
2796  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
2797  // FIXME: Init should never be null.
2798  if (!Init)
2799  return SourceLocation();
2800  if (LParenLoc.isInvalid())
2801  return Init->getLocStart();
2802  return LParenLoc;
2803  }
2804  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
2805  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
2806  // FIXME: Init should never be null.
2807  if (!Init)
2808  return SourceLocation();
2809  return Init->getLocEnd();
2810  }
2811 
2812  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
2813  return T->getStmtClass() == CompoundLiteralExprClass;
2814  }
2815 
2816  // Iterators
2817  child_range children() { return child_range(&Init, &Init+1); }
2819  return const_child_range(&Init, &Init + 1);
2820  }
2821 };
2822 
2823 /// CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit
2824 /// casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit casts that have some
2825 /// representation in the source code (ExplicitCastExpr's derived
2826 /// classes).
2827 class CastExpr : public Expr {
2828 public:
2829  using BasePathSizeTy = unsigned int;
2830  static_assert(std::numeric_limits<BasePathSizeTy>::max() >= 16384,
2831  "[implimits] Direct and indirect base classes [16384].");
2832 
2833 private:
2834  Stmt *Op;
2835 
2836  bool CastConsistency() const;
2837 
2838  BasePathSizeTy *BasePathSize();
2839 
2840  const CXXBaseSpecifier * const *path_buffer() const {
2841  return const_cast<CastExpr*>(this)->path_buffer();
2842  }
2843  CXXBaseSpecifier **path_buffer();
2844 
2845  void setBasePathSize(BasePathSizeTy basePathSize) {
2846  assert(!path_empty() && basePathSize != 0);
2847  *(BasePathSize()) = basePathSize;
2848  }
2849 
2850 protected:
2852  Expr *op, unsigned BasePathSize)
2853  : Expr(SC, ty, VK, OK_Ordinary,
2854  // Cast expressions are type-dependent if the type is
2855  // dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3).
2856  ty->isDependentType(),
2857  // Cast expressions are value-dependent if the type is
2858  // dependent or if the subexpression is value-dependent.
2859  ty->isDependentType() || (op && op->isValueDependent()),
2860  (ty->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
2861  (op && op->isInstantiationDependent())),
2862  // An implicit cast expression doesn't (lexically) contain an
2863  // unexpanded pack, even if its target type does.
2864  ((SC != ImplicitCastExprClass &&
2865  ty->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) ||
2866  (op && op->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()))),
2867  Op(op) {
2868  CastExprBits.Kind = kind;
2869  CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false;
2870  CastExprBits.BasePathIsEmpty = BasePathSize == 0;
2871  if (!path_empty())
2872  setBasePathSize(BasePathSize);
2873  assert(CastConsistency());
2874  }
2875 
2876  /// Construct an empty cast.
2877  CastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned BasePathSize)
2878  : Expr(SC, Empty) {
2879  CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false;
2880  CastExprBits.BasePathIsEmpty = BasePathSize == 0;
2881  if (!path_empty())
2882  setBasePathSize(BasePathSize);
2883  }
2884 
2885 public:
2886  CastKind getCastKind() const { return (CastKind) CastExprBits.Kind; }
2887  void setCastKind(CastKind K) { CastExprBits.Kind = K; }
2888 
2889  static const char *getCastKindName(CastKind CK);
2890  const char *getCastKindName() const { return getCastKindName(getCastKind()); }
2891 
2892  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Op); }
2893  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Op); }
2894  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Op = E; }
2895 
2896  /// Retrieve the cast subexpression as it was written in the source
2897  /// code, looking through any implicit casts or other intermediate nodes
2898  /// introduced by semantic analysis.
2899  Expr *getSubExprAsWritten();
2900  const Expr *getSubExprAsWritten() const {
2901  return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getSubExprAsWritten();
2902  }
2903 
2904  /// If this cast applies a user-defined conversion, retrieve the conversion
2905  /// function that it invokes.
2906  NamedDecl *getConversionFunction() const;
2907 
2909  typedef const CXXBaseSpecifier * const *path_const_iterator;
2910  bool path_empty() const { return CastExprBits.BasePathIsEmpty; }
2911  unsigned path_size() const {
2912  if (path_empty())
2913  return 0U;
2914  return *(const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->BasePathSize());
2915  }
2916  path_iterator path_begin() { return path_buffer(); }
2917  path_iterator path_end() { return path_buffer() + path_size(); }
2918  path_const_iterator path_begin() const { return path_buffer(); }
2919  path_const_iterator path_end() const { return path_buffer() + path_size(); }
2920 
2922  assert(getCastKind() == CK_ToUnion);
2923  return getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(getType(), getSubExpr()->getType());
2924  }
2925 
2926  static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(QualType unionType,
2927  QualType opType);
2928  static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(const RecordDecl *RD,
2929  QualType opType);
2930 
2931  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
2932  return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCastExprConstant &&
2933  T->getStmtClass() <= lastCastExprConstant;
2934  }
2935 
2936  // Iterators
2937  child_range children() { return child_range(&Op, &Op+1); }
2938  const_child_range children() const { return const_child_range(&Op, &Op + 1); }
2939 };
2940 
2941 /// ImplicitCastExpr - Allows us to explicitly represent implicit type
2942 /// conversions, which have no direct representation in the original
2943 /// source code. For example: converting T[]->T*, void f()->void
2944 /// (*f)(), float->double, short->int, etc.
2945 ///
2946 /// In C, implicit casts always produce rvalues. However, in C++, an
2947 /// implicit cast whose result is being bound to a reference will be
2948 /// an lvalue or xvalue. For example:
2949 ///
2950 /// @code
2951 /// class Base { };
2952 /// class Derived : public Base { };
2953 /// Derived &&ref();
2954 /// void f(Derived d) {
2955 /// Base& b = d; // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr
2956 /// // to an lvalue of type Base
2957 /// Base&& r = ref(); // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr
2958 /// // to an xvalue of type Base
2959 /// }
2960 /// @endcode
2961 class ImplicitCastExpr final
2962  : public CastExpr,
2963  private llvm::TrailingObjects<ImplicitCastExpr, CastExpr::BasePathSizeTy,
2964  CXXBaseSpecifier *> {
2965  size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CastExpr::BasePathSizeTy>) const {
2966  return path_empty() ? 0 : 1;
2967  }
2968 
2969 private:
2971  unsigned BasePathLength, ExprValueKind VK)
2972  : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, BasePathLength) {
2973  }
2974 
2975  /// Construct an empty implicit cast.
2976  explicit ImplicitCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize)
2977  : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize) { }
2978 
2979 public:
2980  enum OnStack_t { OnStack };
2982  ExprValueKind VK)
2983  : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, 0) {
2984  }
2985 
2986  bool isPartOfExplicitCast() const { return CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast; }
2987  void setIsPartOfExplicitCast(bool PartOfExplicitCast) {
2988  CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = PartOfExplicitCast;
2989  }
2990 
2991  static ImplicitCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
2992  CastKind Kind, Expr *Operand,
2993  const CXXCastPath *BasePath,
2994  ExprValueKind Cat);
2995 
2996  static ImplicitCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context,
2997  unsigned PathSize);
2998 
2999  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3000  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
3001  return getSubExpr()->getLocStart();
3002  }
3003  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3004  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
3005  return getSubExpr()->getLocEnd();
3006  }
3007 
3008  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3009  return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitCastExprClass;
3010  }
3011 
3013  friend class CastExpr;
3014 };
3015 
3017  Expr *e = this;
3018  while (ImplicitCastExpr *ice = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(e))
3019  e = ice->getSubExpr();
3020  return e;
3021 }
3022 
3023 /// ExplicitCastExpr - An explicit cast written in the source
3024 /// code.
3025 ///
3026 /// This class is effectively an abstract class, because it provides
3027 /// the basic representation of an explicitly-written cast without
3028 /// specifying which kind of cast (C cast, functional cast, static
3029 /// cast, etc.) was written; specific derived classes represent the
3030 /// particular style of cast and its location information.
3031 ///
3032 /// Unlike implicit casts, explicit cast nodes have two different
3033 /// types: the type that was written into the source code, and the
3034 /// actual type of the expression as determined by semantic
3035 /// analysis. These types may differ slightly. For example, in C++ one
3036 /// can cast to a reference type, which indicates that the resulting
3037 /// expression will be an lvalue or xvalue. The reference type, however,
3038 /// will not be used as the type of the expression.
3039 class ExplicitCastExpr : public CastExpr {
3040  /// TInfo - Source type info for the (written) type
3041  /// this expression is casting to.
3042  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3043 
3044 protected:
3046  CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned PathSize,
3047  TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy)
3048  : CastExpr(SC, exprTy, VK, kind, op, PathSize), TInfo(writtenTy) {}
3049 
3050  /// Construct an empty explicit cast.
3051  ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize)
3052  : CastExpr(SC, Shell, PathSize) { }
3053 
3054 public:
3055  /// getTypeInfoAsWritten - Returns the type source info for the type
3056  /// that this expression is casting to.
3057  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeInfoAsWritten() const { return TInfo; }
3058  void setTypeInfoAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy) { TInfo = writtenTy; }
3059 
3060  /// getTypeAsWritten - Returns the type that this expression is
3061  /// casting to, as written in the source code.
3062  QualType getTypeAsWritten() const { return TInfo->getType(); }
3063 
3064  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3065  return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExplicitCastExprConstant &&
3066  T->getStmtClass() <= lastExplicitCastExprConstant;
3067  }
3068 };
3069 
3070 /// CStyleCastExpr - An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style
3071 /// cast in C++ (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax
3072 /// (Type)expr. For example: @c (int)f.
3073 class CStyleCastExpr final
3074  : public ExplicitCastExpr,
3075  private llvm::TrailingObjects<CStyleCastExpr, CastExpr::BasePathSizeTy,
3076  CXXBaseSpecifier *> {
3077  SourceLocation LPLoc; // the location of the left paren
3078  SourceLocation RPLoc; // the location of the right paren
3079 
3081  unsigned PathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy,
3083  : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, exprTy, vk, kind, op, PathSize,
3084  writtenTy), LPLoc(l), RPLoc(r) {}
3085 
3086  /// Construct an empty C-style explicit cast.
3087  explicit CStyleCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize)
3088  : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize) { }
3089 
3090  size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CastExpr::BasePathSizeTy>) const {
3091  return path_empty() ? 0 : 1;
3092  }
3093 
3094 public:
3095  static CStyleCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
3096  ExprValueKind VK, CastKind K,
3097  Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *BasePath,
3098  TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L,
3099  SourceLocation R);
3100 
3101  static CStyleCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context,
3102  unsigned PathSize);
3103 
3104  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LPLoc; }
3105  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LPLoc = L; }
3106 
3107  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RPLoc; }
3108  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RPLoc = L; }
3109 
3110  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3111  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LPLoc; }
3112  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3113  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
3114  return getSubExpr()->getLocEnd();
3115  }
3116 
3117  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3118  return T->getStmtClass() == CStyleCastExprClass;
3119  }
3120 
3122  friend class CastExpr;
3123 };
3124 
3125 /// A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y".
3126 ///
3127 /// This expression node kind describes a builtin binary operation,
3128 /// such as "x + y" for integer values "x" and "y". The operands will
3129 /// already have been converted to appropriate types (e.g., by
3130 /// performing promotions or conversions).
3131 ///
3132 /// In C++, where operators may be overloaded, a different kind of
3133 /// expression node (CXXOperatorCallExpr) is used to express the
3134 /// invocation of an overloaded operator with operator syntax. Within
3135 /// a C++ template, whether BinaryOperator or CXXOperatorCallExpr is
3136 /// used to store an expression "x + y" depends on the subexpressions
3137 /// for x and y. If neither x or y is type-dependent, and the "+"
3138 /// operator resolves to a built-in operation, BinaryOperator will be
3139 /// used to express the computation (x and y may still be
3140 /// value-dependent). If either x or y is type-dependent, or if the
3141 /// "+" resolves to an overloaded operator, CXXOperatorCallExpr will
3142 /// be used to express the computation.
3143 class BinaryOperator : public Expr {
3144 public:
3146 
3147 private:
3148  unsigned Opc : 6;
3149 
3150  // This is only meaningful for operations on floating point types and 0
3151  // otherwise.
3152  unsigned FPFeatures : 2;
3153  SourceLocation OpLoc;
3154 
3155  enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
3156  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
3157 public:
3158 
3159  BinaryOperator(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy,
3161  SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptions FPFeatures)
3162  : Expr(BinaryOperatorClass, ResTy, VK, OK,
3163  lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent(),
3164  lhs->isValueDependent() || rhs->isValueDependent(),
3165  (lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
3166  rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
3167  (lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
3168  rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
3169  Opc(opc), FPFeatures(FPFeatures.getInt()), OpLoc(opLoc) {
3170  SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
3171  SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
3172  assert(!isCompoundAssignmentOp() &&
3173  "Use CompoundAssignOperator for compound assignments");
3174  }
3175 
3176  /// Construct an empty binary operator.
3177  explicit BinaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
3178  : Expr(BinaryOperatorClass, Empty), Opc(BO_Comma) { }
3179 
3180  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OpLoc; }
3181  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OpLoc; }
3182  void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; }
3183 
3184  Opcode getOpcode() const { return static_cast<Opcode>(Opc); }
3185  void setOpcode(Opcode O) { Opc = O; }
3186 
3187  Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
3188  void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; }
3189  Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
3190  void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; }
3191 
3192  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3193  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
3194  return getLHS()->getLocStart();
3195  }
3196  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3197  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
3198  return getRHS()->getLocEnd();
3199  }
3200 
3201  /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it
3202  /// corresponds to, e.g. "<<=".
3203  static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op);
3204 
3205  StringRef getOpcodeStr() const { return getOpcodeStr(getOpcode()); }
3206 
3207  /// Retrieve the binary opcode that corresponds to the given
3208  /// overloaded operator.
3209  static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO);
3210 
3211  /// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to
3212  /// the given binary opcode.
3213  static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc);
3214 
3215  /// predicates to categorize the respective opcodes.
3216  bool isPtrMemOp() const { return Opc == BO_PtrMemD || Opc == BO_PtrMemI; }
3217  static bool isMultiplicativeOp(Opcode Opc) {
3218  return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Rem;
3219  }
3221  static bool isAdditiveOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Add || Opc==BO_Sub; }
3222  bool isAdditiveOp() const { return isAdditiveOp(getOpcode()); }
3223  static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Shl || Opc == BO_Shr; }
3224  bool isShiftOp() const { return isShiftOp(getOpcode()); }
3225 
3226  static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_And && Opc <= BO_Or; }
3227  bool isBitwiseOp() const { return isBitwiseOp(getOpcode()); }
3228 
3229  static bool isRelationalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_LT && Opc<=BO_GE; }
3230  bool isRelationalOp() const { return isRelationalOp(getOpcode()); }
3231 
3232  static bool isEqualityOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_EQ || Opc == BO_NE; }
3233  bool isEqualityOp() const { return isEqualityOp(getOpcode()); }
3234 
3235  static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_Cmp && Opc<=BO_NE; }
3236  bool isComparisonOp() const { return isComparisonOp(getOpcode()); }
3237 
3238  static Opcode negateComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) {
3239  switch (Opc) {
3240  default:
3241  llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator.");
3242  case BO_LT: return BO_GE;
3243  case BO_GT: return BO_LE;
3244  case BO_LE: return BO_GT;
3245  case BO_GE: return BO_LT;
3246  case BO_EQ: return BO_NE;
3247  case BO_NE: return BO_EQ;
3248  }
3249  }
3250 
3251  static Opcode reverseComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) {
3252  switch (Opc) {
3253  default:
3254  llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator.");
3255  case BO_LT: return BO_GT;
3256  case BO_GT: return BO_LT;
3257  case BO_LE: return BO_GE;
3258  case BO_GE: return BO_LE;
3259  case BO_EQ:
3260  case BO_NE:
3261  return Opc;
3262  }
3263  }
3264 
3265  static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_LAnd || Opc==BO_LOr; }
3266  bool isLogicalOp() const { return isLogicalOp(getOpcode()); }
3267 
3268  static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) {
3269  return Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign;
3270  }
3271  bool isAssignmentOp() const { return isAssignmentOp(getOpcode()); }
3272 
3273  static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) {
3274  return Opc > BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign;
3275  }
3276  bool isCompoundAssignmentOp() const {
3277  return isCompoundAssignmentOp(getOpcode());
3278  }
3279  static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc) {
3280  assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc));
3281  if (Opc >= BO_AndAssign)
3282  return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_AndAssign + BO_And);
3283  else
3284  return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_MulAssign + BO_Mul);
3285  }
3286 
3287  static bool isShiftAssignOp(Opcode Opc) {
3288  return Opc == BO_ShlAssign || Opc == BO_ShrAssign;
3289  }
3290  bool isShiftAssignOp() const {
3291  return isShiftAssignOp(getOpcode());
3292  }
3293 
3294  // Return true if a binary operator using the specified opcode and operands
3295  // would match the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n' idiom for casting a pointer-sized
3296  // integer to a pointer.
3297  static bool isNullPointerArithmeticExtension(ASTContext &Ctx, Opcode Opc,
3298  Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
3299 
3300  static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
3301  return S->getStmtClass() >= firstBinaryOperatorConstant &&
3302  S->getStmtClass() <= lastBinaryOperatorConstant;
3303  }
3304 
3305  // Iterators
3307  return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
3308  }
3310  return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
3311  }
3312 
3313  // Set the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for
3314  // operations on floating point types.
3315  void setFPFeatures(FPOptions F) { FPFeatures = F.getInt(); }
3316 
3317  FPOptions getFPFeatures() const { return FPOptions(FPFeatures); }
3318 
3319  // Get the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for
3320  // operations on floating point types.
3322  return FPOptions(FPFeatures).allowFPContractWithinStatement();
3323  }
3324 
3325 protected:
3326  BinaryOperator(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy,
3328  SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptions FPFeatures, bool dead2)
3329  : Expr(CompoundAssignOperatorClass, ResTy, VK, OK,
3330  lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent(),
3331  lhs->isValueDependent() || rhs->isValueDependent(),
3332  (lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
3333  rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
3334  (lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
3335  rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
3336  Opc(opc), FPFeatures(FPFeatures.getInt()), OpLoc(opLoc) {
3337  SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
3338  SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
3339  }
3340 
3342  : Expr(SC, Empty), Opc(BO_MulAssign) { }
3343 };
3344 
3345 /// CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g. +=), we keep
3346 /// track of the type the operation is performed in. Due to the semantics of
3347 /// these operators, the operands are promoted, the arithmetic performed, an
3348 /// implicit conversion back to the result type done, then the assignment takes
3349 /// place. This captures the intermediate type which the computation is done
3350 /// in.
3352  QualType ComputationLHSType;
3353  QualType ComputationResultType;
3354 public:
3355  CompoundAssignOperator(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResType,
3357  QualType CompLHSType, QualType CompResultType,
3358  SourceLocation OpLoc, FPOptions FPFeatures)
3359  : BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, opc, ResType, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures,
3360  true),
3361  ComputationLHSType(CompLHSType),
3362  ComputationResultType(CompResultType) {
3363  assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp() &&
3364  "Only should be used for compound assignments");
3365  }
3366 
3367  /// Build an empty compound assignment operator expression.
3369  : BinaryOperator(CompoundAssignOperatorClass, Empty) { }
3370 
3371  // The two computation types are the type the LHS is converted
3372  // to for the computation and the type of the result; the two are
3373  // distinct in a few cases (specifically, int+=ptr and ptr-=ptr).
3374  QualType getComputationLHSType() const { return ComputationLHSType; }
3375  void setComputationLHSType(QualType T) { ComputationLHSType = T; }
3376 
3377  QualType getComputationResultType() const { return ComputationResultType; }
3378  void setComputationResultType(QualType T) { ComputationResultType = T; }
3379 
3380  static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
3381  return S->getStmtClass() == CompoundAssignOperatorClass;
3382  }
3383 };
3384 
3385 /// AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for
3386 /// ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOperator.
3388  SourceLocation QuestionLoc, ColonLoc;
3389  friend class ASTStmtReader;
3390 
3391 protected:
3394  bool TD, bool VD, bool ID,
3395  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
3396  SourceLocation qloc,
3397  SourceLocation cloc)
3398  : Expr(SC, T, VK, OK, TD, VD, ID, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
3399  QuestionLoc(qloc), ColonLoc(cloc) {}
3400 
3402  : Expr(SC, Empty) { }
3403 
3404 public:
3405  // getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for
3406  // the ?: operator.
3407  Expr *getCond() const;
3408 
3409  // getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
3410  // the expression if the condition evaluates to true.
3411  Expr *getTrueExpr() const;
3412 
3413  // getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
3414  // the expression if the condition evaluates to false. This is
3415  // the same as getRHS.
3416  Expr *getFalseExpr() const;
3417 
3418  SourceLocation getQuestionLoc() const { return QuestionLoc; }
3420 
3421  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3422  return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass ||
3423  T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass;
3424  }
3425 };
3426 
3427 /// ConditionalOperator - The ?: ternary operator. The GNU "missing
3428 /// middle" extension is a BinaryConditionalOperator.
3430  enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
3431  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides.
3432 
3433  friend class ASTStmtReader;
3434 public:
3436  SourceLocation CLoc, Expr *rhs,
3438  : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK,
3439  // FIXME: the type of the conditional operator doesn't
3440  // depend on the type of the conditional, but the standard
3441  // seems to imply that it could. File a bug!
3442  (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()),
3443  (cond->isValueDependent() || lhs->isValueDependent() ||
3444  rhs->isValueDependent()),
3445  (cond->isInstantiationDependent() ||
3446  lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
3447  rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
3448  (cond->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
3449  lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
3450  rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
3451  QLoc, CLoc) {
3452  SubExprs[COND] = cond;
3453  SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
3454  SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
3455  }
3456 
3457  /// Build an empty conditional operator.
3459  : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { }
3460 
3461  // getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for
3462  // the ?: operator.
3463  Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
3464 
3465  // getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
3466  // the expression if the condition evaluates to true.
3467  Expr *getTrueExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
3468 
3469  // getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
3470  // the expression if the condition evaluates to false. This is
3471  // the same as getRHS.
3472  Expr *getFalseExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
3473 
3474  Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
3475  Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
3476 
3477  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3478  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
3479  return getCond()->getLocStart();
3480  }
3481  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3482  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
3483  return getRHS()->getLocEnd();
3484  }
3485 
3486  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3487  return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass;
3488  }
3489 
3490  // Iterators
3492  return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
3493  }
3495  return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
3496  }
3497 };
3498 
3499 /// BinaryConditionalOperator - The GNU extension to the conditional
3500 /// operator which allows the middle operand to be omitted.
3501 ///
3502 /// This is a different expression kind on the assumption that almost
3503 /// every client ends up needing to know that these are different.
3505  enum { COMMON, COND, LHS, RHS, NUM_SUBEXPRS };
3506 
3507  /// - the common condition/left-hand-side expression, which will be
3508  /// evaluated as the opaque value
3509  /// - the condition, expressed in terms of the opaque value
3510  /// - the left-hand-side, expressed in terms of the opaque value
3511  /// - the right-hand-side
3512  Stmt *SubExprs[NUM_SUBEXPRS];
3513  OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue;
3514 
3515  friend class ASTStmtReader;
3516 public:
3518  Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs,
3519  SourceLocation qloc, SourceLocation cloc,
3521  : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK,
3522  (common->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()),
3523  (common->isValueDependent() || rhs->isValueDependent()),
3524  (common->isInstantiationDependent() ||
3525  rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
3526  (common->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
3527  rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
3528  qloc, cloc),
3529  OpaqueValue(opaqueValue) {
3530  SubExprs[COMMON] = common;
3531  SubExprs[COND] = cond;
3532  SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
3533  SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
3534  assert(OpaqueValue->getSourceExpr() == common && "Wrong opaque value");
3535  }
3536 
3537  /// Build an empty conditional operator.
3539  : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { }
3540 
3541  /// getCommon - Return the common expression, written to the
3542  /// left of the condition. The opaque value will be bound to the
3543  /// result of this expression.
3544  Expr *getCommon() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COMMON]); }
3545 
3546  /// getOpaqueValue - Return the opaque value placeholder.
3547  OpaqueValueExpr *getOpaqueValue() const { return OpaqueValue; }
3548 
3549  /// getCond - Return the condition expression; this is defined
3550  /// in terms of the opaque value.
3551  Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
3552 
3553  /// getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression which will be
3554  /// evaluated if the condition evaluates to true; this is defined
3555  /// in terms of the opaque value.
3556  Expr *getTrueExpr() const {
3557  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]);
3558  }
3559 
3560  /// getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression which will be
3561  /// evaluated if the condnition evaluates to false; this is
3562  /// defined in terms of the opaque value.
3563  Expr *getFalseExpr() const {
3564  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]);
3565  }
3566 
3567  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3568  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
3569  return getCommon()->getLocStart();
3570  }
3571  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3572  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
3573  return getFalseExpr()->getLocEnd();
3574  }
3575 
3576  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3577  return T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass;
3578  }
3579 
3580  // Iterators
3582  return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS);
3583  }
3585  return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS);
3586  }
3587 };
3588 
3590  if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this))
3591  return co->getCond();
3592  return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getCond();
3593 }
3594 
3596  if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this))
3597  return co->getTrueExpr();
3598  return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getTrueExpr();
3599 }
3600 
3602  if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this))
3603  return co->getFalseExpr();
3604  return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getFalseExpr();
3605 }
3606 
3607 /// AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
3608 class AddrLabelExpr : public Expr {
3609  SourceLocation AmpAmpLoc, LabelLoc;
3610  LabelDecl *Label;
3611 public:
3613  QualType t)
3614  : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, t, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false, false,
3615  false),
3616  AmpAmpLoc(AALoc), LabelLoc(LLoc), Label(L) {}
3617 
3618  /// Build an empty address of a label expression.
3619  explicit AddrLabelExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
3620  : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, Empty) { }
3621 
3622  SourceLocation getAmpAmpLoc() const { return AmpAmpLoc; }
3623  void setAmpAmpLoc(SourceLocation L) { AmpAmpLoc = L; }
3624  SourceLocation getLabelLoc() const { return LabelLoc; }
3625  void setLabelLoc(SourceLocation L) { LabelLoc = L; }
3626 
3627  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3628  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AmpAmpLoc; }
3629  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3630  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LabelLoc; }
3631 
3632  LabelDecl *getLabel() const { return Label; }
3633  void setLabel(LabelDecl *L) { Label = L; }
3634 
3635  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3636  return T->getStmtClass() == AddrLabelExprClass;
3637  }
3638 
3639  // Iterators
3642  }
3645  }
3646 };
3647 
3648 /// StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}).
3649 /// The StmtExpr contains a single CompoundStmt node, which it evaluates and
3650 /// takes the value of the last subexpression.
3651 ///
3652 /// A StmtExpr is always an r-value; values "returned" out of a
3653 /// StmtExpr will be copied.
3654 class StmtExpr : public Expr {
3655  Stmt *SubStmt;
3656  SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
3657 public:
3658  // FIXME: Does type-dependence need to be computed differently?
3659  // FIXME: Do we need to compute instantiation instantiation-dependence for
3660  // statements? (ugh!)
3662  SourceLocation lp, SourceLocation rp) :
3663  Expr(StmtExprClass, T, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
3664  T->isDependentType(), false, false, false),
3665  SubStmt(substmt), LParenLoc(lp), RParenLoc(rp) { }
3666 
3667  /// Build an empty statement expression.
3668  explicit StmtExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(StmtExprClass, Empty) { }
3669 
3670  CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); }
3671  const CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() const { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); }
3672  void setSubStmt(CompoundStmt *S) { SubStmt = S; }
3673 
3674  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3675  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; }
3676  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3677  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
3678 
3679  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
3680  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; }
3681  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
3682  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
3683 
3684  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3685  return T->getStmtClass() == StmtExprClass;
3686  }
3687 
3688  // Iterators
3689  child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt+1); }
3691  return const_child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt + 1);
3692  }
3693 };
3694 
3695 /// ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function
3696 /// __builtin_shufflevector.
3697 /// This AST node represents a operator that does a constant
3698 /// shuffle, similar to LLVM's shufflevector instruction. It takes
3699 /// two vectors and a variable number of constant indices,
3700 /// and returns the appropriately shuffled vector.
3701 class ShuffleVectorExpr : public Expr {
3702  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
3703 
3704  // SubExprs - the list of values passed to the __builtin_shufflevector
3705  // function. The first two are vectors, and the rest are constant
3706  // indices. The number of values in this list is always
3707  // 2+the number of indices in the vector type.
3708  Stmt **SubExprs;
3709  unsigned NumExprs;
3710 
3711 public:
3713  SourceLocation BLoc, SourceLocation RP);
3714 
3715  /// Build an empty vector-shuffle expression.
3717  : Expr(ShuffleVectorExprClass, Empty), SubExprs(nullptr) { }
3718 
3719  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
3720  void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; }
3721 
3722  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
3723  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
3724 
3725  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3726  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
3727  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3728  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
3729 
3730  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3731  return T->getStmtClass() == ShuffleVectorExprClass;
3732  }
3733 
3734  /// getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array. This includes the
3735  /// constant expression, the actual arguments passed in, and the function
3736  /// pointers.
3737  unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumExprs; }
3738 
3739  /// Retrieve the array of expressions.
3740  Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); }
3741 
3742  /// getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index.
3743  Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) {
3744  assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!");
3745  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]);
3746  }
3747  const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) const {
3748  assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!");
3749  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]);
3750  }
3751 
3752  void setExprs(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3753 
3754  llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned N) const {
3755  assert((N < NumExprs - 2) && "Shuffle idx out of range!");
3756  return getExpr(N+2)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx);
3757  }
3758 
3759  // Iterators
3761  return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+NumExprs);
3762  }
3764  return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NumExprs);
3765  }
3766 };
3767 
3768 /// ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector
3769 /// This AST node provides support for converting a vector type to another
3770 /// vector type of the same arity.
3771 class ConvertVectorExpr : public Expr {
3772 private:
3773  Stmt *SrcExpr;
3774  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3775  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
3776 
3777  friend class ASTReader;
3778  friend class ASTStmtReader;
3779  explicit ConvertVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, Empty) {}
3780 
3781 public:
3784  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc)
3785  : Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, DstType, VK, OK,
3786  DstType->isDependentType(),
3787  DstType->isDependentType() || SrcExpr->isValueDependent(),
3788  (DstType->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
3789  SrcExpr->isInstantiationDependent()),
3790  (DstType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
3791  SrcExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
3792  SrcExpr(SrcExpr), TInfo(TI), BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {}
3793 
3794  /// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
3795  Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SrcExpr); }
3796 
3797  /// getTypeSourceInfo - Return the destination type.
3799  return TInfo;
3800  }
3802  TInfo = ti;
3803  }
3804 
3805  /// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_convertvector token.
3806  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
3807 
3808  /// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis.
3809  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
3810 
3811  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3812  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
3813  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3814  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
3815 
3816  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3817  return T->getStmtClass() == ConvertVectorExprClass;
3818  }
3819 
3820  // Iterators
3821  child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); }
3823  return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1);
3824  }
3825 };
3826 
3827 /// ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr.
3828 /// This AST node is similar to the conditional operator (?:) in C, with
3829 /// the following exceptions:
3830 /// - the test expression must be a integer constant expression.
3831 /// - the expression returned acts like the chosen subexpression in every
3832 /// visible way: the type is the same as that of the chosen subexpression,
3833 /// and all predicates (whether it's an l-value, whether it's an integer
3834 /// constant expression, etc.) return the same result as for the chosen
3835 /// sub-expression.
3836 class ChooseExpr : public Expr {
3837  enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
3838  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides.
3839  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
3840  bool CondIsTrue;
3841 public:
3842  ChooseExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs,
3844  SourceLocation RP, bool condIsTrue,
3845  bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent)
3846  : Expr(ChooseExprClass, t, VK, OK, TypeDependent, ValueDependent,
3847  (cond->isInstantiationDependent() ||
3848  lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
3849  rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
3850  (cond->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
3851  lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
3852  rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
3853  BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RP), CondIsTrue(condIsTrue) {
3854  SubExprs[COND] = cond;
3855  SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
3856  SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
3857  }
3858 
3859  /// Build an empty __builtin_choose_expr.
3860  explicit ChooseExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ChooseExprClass, Empty) { }
3861 
3862  /// isConditionTrue - Return whether the condition is true (i.e. not
3863  /// equal to zero).
3864  bool isConditionTrue() const {
3865  assert(!isConditionDependent() &&
3866  "Dependent condition isn't true or false");
3867  return CondIsTrue;
3868  }
3869  void setIsConditionTrue(bool isTrue) { CondIsTrue = isTrue; }
3870 
3871  bool isConditionDependent() const {
3872  return getCond()->isTypeDependent() || getCond()->isValueDependent();
3873  }
3874 
3875  /// getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the
3876  /// condition.
3878  return isConditionTrue() ? getLHS() : getRHS();
3879  }
3880 
3881  Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
3882  void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = E; }
3883  Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
3884  void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; }
3885  Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
3886  void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; }
3887 
3888  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
3889  void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; }
3890 
3891  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
3892  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
3893 
3894  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3895  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
3896  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3897  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
3898 
3899  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3900  return T->getStmtClass() == ChooseExprClass;
3901  }
3902 
3903  // Iterators
3905  return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
3906  }
3908  return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
3909  }
3910 };
3911 
3912 /// GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name
3913 /// for a null pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or
3914 /// long) and is the same size and alignment as a pointer. The __null
3915 /// extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
3916 /// NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer
3917 /// that may not match the size of a pointer).
3918 class GNUNullExpr : public Expr {
3919  /// TokenLoc - The location of the __null keyword.
3920  SourceLocation TokenLoc;
3921 
3922 public:
3924  : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false, false,
3925  false),
3926  TokenLoc(Loc) { }
3927 
3928  /// Build an empty GNU __null expression.
3929  explicit GNUNullExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Empty) { }
3930 
3931  /// getTokenLocation - The location of the __null token.
3932  SourceLocation getTokenLocation() const { return TokenLoc; }
3933  void setTokenLocation(SourceLocation L) { TokenLoc = L; }
3934 
3935  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3936  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; }
3937  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3938  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; }
3939 
3940  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3941  return T->getStmtClass() == GNUNullExprClass;
3942  }
3943 
3944  // Iterators
3947  }
3950  }
3951 };
3952 
3953 /// Represents a call to the builtin function \c __builtin_va_arg.
3954 class VAArgExpr : public Expr {
3955  Stmt *Val;
3956  llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfo;
3957  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
3958 public:
3960  SourceLocation RPLoc, QualType t, bool IsMS)
3961  : Expr(VAArgExprClass, t, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, t->isDependentType(),
3962  false, (TInfo->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
3963  e->isInstantiationDependent()),
3964  (TInfo->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
3965  e->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
3966  Val(e), TInfo(TInfo, IsMS), BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RPLoc) {}
3967 
3968  /// Create an empty __builtin_va_arg expression.
3969  explicit VAArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
3970  : Expr(VAArgExprClass, Empty), Val(nullptr), TInfo(nullptr, false) {}
3971 
3972  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
3973  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
3974  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
3975 
3976  /// Returns whether this is really a Win64 ABI va_arg expression.
3977  bool isMicrosoftABI() const { return TInfo.getInt(); }
3978  void setIsMicrosoftABI(bool IsMS) { TInfo.setInt(IsMS); }
3979 
3980  TypeSourceInfo *getWrittenTypeInfo() const { return TInfo.getPointer(); }
3981  void setWrittenTypeInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { TInfo.setPointer(TI); }
3982 
3983  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
3984  void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; }
3985 
3986  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
3987  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
3988 
3989  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
3990  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
3991  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
3992  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
3993 
3994  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
3995  return T->getStmtClass() == VAArgExprClass;
3996  }
3997 
3998  // Iterators
3999  child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
4001  return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1);
4002  }
4003 };
4004 
4005 /// Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
4006 ///
4007 /// InitListExpr describes an initializer list, which can be used to
4008 /// initialize objects of different types, including
4009 /// struct/class/union types, arrays, and vectors. For example:
4010 ///
4011 /// @code
4012 /// struct foo x = { 1, { 2, 3 } };
4013 /// @endcode
4014 ///
4015 /// Prior to semantic analysis, an initializer list will represent the
4016 /// initializer list as written by the user, but will have the
4017 /// placeholder type "void". This initializer list is called the
4018 /// syntactic form of the initializer, and may contain C99 designated
4019 /// initializers (represented as DesignatedInitExprs), initializations
4020 /// of subobject members without explicit braces, and so on. Clients
4021 /// interested in the original syntax of the initializer list should
4022 /// use the syntactic form of the initializer list.
4023 ///
4024 /// After semantic analysis, the initializer list will represent the
4025 /// semantic form of the initializer, where the initializations of all
4026 /// subobjects are made explicit with nested InitListExpr nodes and
4027 /// C99 designators have been eliminated by placing the designated
4028 /// initializations into the subobject they initialize. Additionally,
4029 /// any "holes" in the initialization, where no initializer has been
4030 /// specified for a particular subobject, will be replaced with
4031 /// implicitly-generated ImplicitValueInitExpr expressions that
4032 /// value-initialize the subobjects. Note, however, that the
4033 /// initializer lists may still have fewer initializers than there are
4034 /// elements to initialize within the object.
4035 ///
4036 /// After semantic analysis has completed, given an initializer list,
4037 /// method isSemanticForm() returns true if and only if this is the
4038 /// semantic form of the initializer list (note: the same AST node
4039 /// may at the same time be the syntactic form).
4040 /// Given the semantic form of the initializer list, one can retrieve
4041 /// the syntactic form of that initializer list (when different)
4042 /// using method getSyntacticForm(); the method returns null if applied
4043 /// to a initializer list which is already in syntactic form.
4044 /// Similarly, given the syntactic form (i.e., an initializer list such
4045 /// that isSemanticForm() returns false), one can retrieve the semantic
4046 /// form using method getSemanticForm().
4047 /// Since many initializer lists have the same syntactic and semantic forms,
4048 /// getSyntacticForm() may return NULL, indicating that the current
4049 /// semantic initializer list also serves as its syntactic form.
4050 class InitListExpr : public Expr {
4051  // FIXME: Eliminate this vector in favor of ASTContext allocation
4053  InitExprsTy InitExprs;
4054  SourceLocation LBraceLoc, RBraceLoc;
4055 
4056  /// The alternative form of the initializer list (if it exists).
4057  /// The int part of the pair stores whether this initializer list is
4058  /// in semantic form. If not null, the pointer points to:
4059  /// - the syntactic form, if this is in semantic form;
4060  /// - the semantic form, if this is in syntactic form.
4061  llvm::PointerIntPair<InitListExpr *, 1, bool> AltForm;
4062 
4063  /// Either:
4064  /// If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than
4065  /// there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be used
4066  /// for value initialization of the rest of the elements.
4067  /// Or
4068  /// If this initializer list initializes a union, specifies which
4069  /// field within the union will be initialized.
4070  llvm::PointerUnion<Expr *, FieldDecl *> ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit;
4071 
4072 public:
4073  InitListExpr(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lbraceloc,
4074  ArrayRef<Expr*> initExprs, SourceLocation rbraceloc);
4075 
4076  /// Build an empty initializer list.
4077  explicit InitListExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
4078  : Expr(InitListExprClass, Empty), AltForm(nullptr, true) { }
4079 
4080  unsigned getNumInits() const { return InitExprs.size(); }
4081 
4082  /// Retrieve the set of initializers.
4083  Expr **getInits() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(InitExprs.data()); }
4084 
4085  /// Retrieve the set of initializers.
4086  Expr * const *getInits() const {
4087  return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(InitExprs.data());
4088  }
4089 
4091  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits());
4092  }
4093 
4095  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits());
4096  }
4097 
4098  const Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) const {
4099  assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!");
4100  return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]);
4101  }
4102 
4103  Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) {
4104  assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!");
4105  return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]);
4106  }
4107 
4108  void setInit(unsigned Init, Expr *expr) {
4109  assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!");
4110  InitExprs[Init] = expr;
4111 
4112  if (expr) {
4113  ExprBits.TypeDependent |= expr->isTypeDependent();
4114  ExprBits.ValueDependent |= expr->isValueDependent();
4115  ExprBits.InstantiationDependent |= expr->isInstantiationDependent();
4116  ExprBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack |=
4118  }
4119  }
4120 
4121  /// Reserve space for some number of initializers.
4122  void reserveInits(const ASTContext &C, unsigned NumInits);
4123 
4124  /// Specify the number of initializers
4125  ///
4126  /// If there are more than @p NumInits initializers, the remaining
4127  /// initializers will be destroyed. If there are fewer than @p
4128  /// NumInits initializers, NULL expressions will be added for the
4129  /// unknown initializers.
4130  void resizeInits(const ASTContext &Context, unsigned NumInits);
4131 
4132  /// Updates the initializer at index @p Init with the new
4133  /// expression @p expr, and returns the old expression at that
4134  /// location.
4135  ///
4136  /// When @p Init is out of range for this initializer list, the
4137  /// initializer list will be extended with NULL expressions to
4138  /// accommodate the new entry.
4139  Expr *updateInit(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Init, Expr *expr);
4140 
4141  /// If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements
4142  /// than there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be
4143  /// used for value initialization of the rest of the elements.
4145  return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<Expr *>();
4146  }
4147  const Expr *getArrayFiller() const {
4148  return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getArrayFiller();
4149  }
4150  void setArrayFiller(Expr *filler);
4151 
4152  /// Return true if this is an array initializer and its array "filler"
4153  /// has been set.
4154  bool hasArrayFiller() const { return getArrayFiller(); }
4155 
4156  /// If this initializes a union, specifies which field in the
4157  /// union to initialize.
4158  ///
4159  /// Typically, this field is the first named field within the
4160  /// union. However, a designated initializer can specify the
4161  /// initialization of a different field within the union.
4163  return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<FieldDecl *>();
4164  }
4166  return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
4167  }
4169  assert((FD == nullptr
4170  || getInitializedFieldInUnion() == nullptr
4171  || getInitializedFieldInUnion() == FD)
4172  && "Only one field of a union may be initialized at a time!");
4173  ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit = FD;
4174  }
4175 
4176  // Explicit InitListExpr's originate from source code (and have valid source
4177  // locations). Implicit InitListExpr's are created by the semantic analyzer.
4178  bool isExplicit() const {
4179  return LBraceLoc.isValid() && RBraceLoc.isValid();
4180  }
4181 
4182  // Is this an initializer for an array of characters, initialized by a string
4183  // literal or an @encode?
4184  bool isStringLiteralInit() const;
4185 
4186  /// Is this a transparent initializer list (that is, an InitListExpr that is
4187  /// purely syntactic, and whose semantics are that of the sole contained
4188  /// initializer)?
4189  bool isTransparent() const;
4190 
4191  /// Is this the zero initializer {0} in a language which considers it
4192  /// idiomatic?
4193  bool isIdiomaticZeroInitializer(const LangOptions &LangOpts) const;
4194 
4195  SourceLocation getLBraceLoc() const { return LBraceLoc; }
4196  void setLBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { LBraceLoc = Loc; }
4197  SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; }
4198  void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RBraceLoc = Loc; }
4199 
4200  bool isSemanticForm() const { return AltForm.getInt(); }
4202  return isSemanticForm() ? nullptr : AltForm.getPointer();
4203  }
4204  bool isSyntacticForm() const {
4205  return !AltForm.getInt() || !AltForm.getPointer();
4206  }
4208  return isSemanticForm() ? AltForm.getPointer() : nullptr;
4209  }
4210 
4212  AltForm.setPointer(Init);
4213  AltForm.setInt(true);
4214  Init->AltForm.setPointer(this);
4215  Init->AltForm.setInt(false);
4216  }
4217 
4219  return InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator != 0;
4220  }
4221  void sawArrayRangeDesignator(bool ARD = true) {
4222  InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator = ARD;
4223  }
4224 
4225  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4226  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
4227  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4228  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
4229 
4230  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
4231  return T->getStmtClass() == InitListExprClass;
4232  }
4233 
4234  // Iterators
4236  const_child_range CCR = const_cast<const InitListExpr *>(this)->children();
4237  return child_range(cast_away_const(CCR.begin()),
4238  cast_away_const(CCR.end()));
4239  }
4240 
4242  // FIXME: This does not include the array filler expression.
4243  if (InitExprs.empty())
4245  return const_child_range(&InitExprs[0], &InitExprs[0] + InitExprs.size());
4246  }
4247 
4252 
4253  iterator begin() { return InitExprs.begin(); }
4254  const_iterator begin() const { return InitExprs.begin(); }
4255  iterator end() { return InitExprs.end(); }
4256  const_iterator end() const { return InitExprs.end(); }
4257  reverse_iterator rbegin() { return InitExprs.rbegin(); }
4258  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return InitExprs.rbegin(); }
4259  reverse_iterator rend() { return InitExprs.rend(); }
4260  const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return InitExprs.rend(); }
4261 
4262  friend class ASTStmtReader;
4263  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
4264 };
4265 
4266 /// Represents a C99 designated initializer expression.
4267 ///
4268 /// A designated initializer expression (C99 6.7.8) contains one or
4269 /// more designators (which can be field designators, array
4270 /// designators, or GNU array-range designators) followed by an
4271 /// expression that initializes the field or element(s) that the
4272 /// designators refer to. For example, given:
4273 ///
4274 /// @code
4275 /// struct point {
4276 /// double x;
4277 /// double y;
4278 /// };
4279 /// struct point ptarray[10] = { [2].y = 1.0, [2].x = 2.0, [0].x = 1.0 };
4280 /// @endcode
4281 ///
4282 /// The InitListExpr contains three DesignatedInitExprs, the first of
4283 /// which covers @c [2].y=1.0. This DesignatedInitExpr will have two
4284 /// designators, one array designator for @c [2] followed by one field
4285 /// designator for @c .y. The initialization expression will be 1.0.
4287  : public Expr,
4288  private llvm::TrailingObjects<DesignatedInitExpr, Stmt *> {
4289 public:
4290  /// Forward declaration of the Designator class.
4291  class Designator;
4292 
4293 private:
4294  /// The location of the '=' or ':' prior to the actual initializer
4295  /// expression.
4296  SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc;
4297 
4298  /// Whether this designated initializer used the GNU deprecated
4299  /// syntax rather than the C99 '=' syntax.
4300  unsigned GNUSyntax : 1;
4301 
4302  /// The number of designators in this initializer expression.
4303  unsigned NumDesignators : 15;
4304 
4305  /// The number of subexpressions of this initializer expression,
4306  /// which contains both the initializer and any additional
4307  /// expressions used by array and array-range designators.
4308  unsigned NumSubExprs : 16;
4309 
4310  /// The designators in this designated initialization
4311  /// expression.
4312  Designator *Designators;
4313 
4314  DesignatedInitExpr(const ASTContext &C, QualType Ty,
4315  llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators,
4316  SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, bool GNUSyntax,
4317  ArrayRef<Expr *> IndexExprs, Expr *Init);
4318 
4319  explicit DesignatedInitExpr(unsigned NumSubExprs)
4320  : Expr(DesignatedInitExprClass, EmptyShell()),
4321  NumDesignators(0), NumSubExprs(NumSubExprs), Designators(nullptr) { }
4322 
4323 public:
4324  /// A field designator, e.g., ".x".
4326  /// Refers to the field that is being initialized. The low bit
4327  /// of this field determines whether this is actually a pointer
4328  /// to an IdentifierInfo (if 1) or a FieldDecl (if 0). When
4329  /// initially constructed, a field designator will store an
4330  /// IdentifierInfo*. After semantic analysis has resolved that
4331  /// name, the field designator will instead store a FieldDecl*.
4333 
4334  /// The location of the '.' in the designated initializer.
4335  unsigned DotLoc;
4336 
4337  /// The location of the field name in the designated initializer.
4338  unsigned FieldLoc;
4339  };
4340 
4341  /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]".
4343  /// Location of the first index expression within the designated
4344  /// initializer expression's list of subexpressions.
4345  unsigned Index;
4346  /// The location of the '[' starting the array range designator.
4347  unsigned LBracketLoc;
4348  /// The location of the ellipsis separating the start and end
4349  /// indices. Only valid for GNU array-range designators.
4350  unsigned EllipsisLoc;
4351  /// The location of the ']' terminating the array range designator.
4352  unsigned RBracketLoc;
4353  };
4354 
4355  /// Represents a single C99 designator.
4356  ///
4357  /// @todo This class is infuriatingly similar to clang::Designator,
4358  /// but minor differences (storing indices vs. storing pointers)
4359  /// keep us from reusing it. Try harder, later, to rectify these
4360  /// differences.
4361  class Designator {
4362  /// The kind of designator this describes.
4363  enum {
4365  ArrayDesignator,
4366  ArrayRangeDesignator
4367  } Kind;
4368 
4369  union {
4370  /// A field designator, e.g., ".x".
4372  /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]".
4373  struct ArrayOrRangeDesignator ArrayOrRange;
4374  };
4375  friend class DesignatedInitExpr;
4376 
4377  public:
4379 
4380  /// Initializes a field designator.
4381  Designator(const IdentifierInfo *FieldName, SourceLocation DotLoc,
4382  SourceLocation FieldLoc)
4383  : Kind(FieldDesignator) {
4384  Field.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FieldName) | 0x01;
4385  Field.DotLoc = DotLoc.getRawEncoding();
4386  Field.FieldLoc = FieldLoc.getRawEncoding();
4387  }
4388 
4389  /// Initializes an array designator.
4390  Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc,
4391  SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
4392  : Kind(ArrayDesignator) {
4393  ArrayOrRange.Index = Index;
4394  ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
4395  ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
4396  ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
4397  }
4398 
4399  /// Initializes a GNU array-range designator.
4400  Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc,
4401  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
4402  : Kind(ArrayRangeDesignator) {
4403  ArrayOrRange.Index = Index;
4404  ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
4405  ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc = EllipsisLoc.getRawEncoding();
4406  ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
4407  }
4408 
4409  bool isFieldDesignator() const { return Kind == FieldDesignator; }
4410  bool isArrayDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayDesignator; }
4411  bool isArrayRangeDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator; }
4412 
4413  IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const;
4414 
4415  FieldDecl *getField() const {
4416  assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator");
4417  if (Field.NameOrField & 0x01)
4418  return nullptr;
4419  else
4420  return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Field.NameOrField);
4421  }
4422 
4423  void setField(FieldDecl *FD) {
4424  assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator");
4425  Field.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FD);
4426  }
4427 
4429  assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator");
4431  }
4432 
4434  assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator");
4435  return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Field.FieldLoc);
4436  }
4437 
4439  assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) &&
4440  "Only valid on an array or array-range designator");
4441  return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc);
4442  }
4443 
4445  assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) &&
4446  "Only valid on an array or array-range designator");
4447  return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc);
4448  }
4449 
4451  assert(Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator &&
4452  "Only valid on an array-range designator");
4453  return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc);
4454  }
4455 
4456  unsigned getFirstExprIndex() const {
4457  assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) &&
4458  "Only valid on an array or array-range designator");
4459  return ArrayOrRange.Index;
4460  }
4461 
4462  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4463  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
4464  if (Kind == FieldDesignator)
4465  return getDotLoc().isInvalid()? getFieldLoc() : getDotLoc();
4466  else
4467  return getLBracketLoc();
4468  }
4469  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4470  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
4471  return Kind == FieldDesignator ? getFieldLoc() : getRBracketLoc();
4472  }
4473  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
4474  return SourceRange(getLocStart(), getLocEnd());
4475  }
4476  };
4477 
4478  static DesignatedInitExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C,
4479  llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators,
4480  ArrayRef<Expr*> IndexExprs,
4481  SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc,
4482  bool GNUSyntax, Expr *Init);
4483 
4484  static DesignatedInitExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C,
4485  unsigned NumIndexExprs);
4486 
4487  /// Returns the number of designators in this initializer.
4488  unsigned size() const { return NumDesignators; }
4489 
4490  // Iterator access to the designators.
4492  return {Designators, NumDesignators};
4493  }
4494 
4496  return {Designators, NumDesignators};
4497  }
4498 
4499  Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) { return &designators()[Idx]; }
4500  const Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) const {
4501  return &designators()[Idx];
4502  }
4503 
4504  void setDesignators(const ASTContext &C, const Designator *Desigs,
4505  unsigned NumDesigs);
4506 
4507  Expr *getArrayIndex(const Designator &D) const;
4508  Expr *getArrayRangeStart(const Designator &D) const;
4509  Expr *getArrayRangeEnd(const Designator &D) const;
4510 
4511  /// Retrieve the location of the '=' that precedes the
4512  /// initializer value itself, if present.
4513  SourceLocation getEqualOrColonLoc() const { return EqualOrColonLoc; }
4514  void setEqualOrColonLoc(SourceLocation L) { EqualOrColonLoc = L; }
4515 
4516  /// Determines whether this designated initializer used the
4517  /// deprecated GNU syntax for designated initializers.
4518  bool usesGNUSyntax() const { return GNUSyntax; }
4519  void setGNUSyntax(bool GNU) { GNUSyntax = GNU; }
4520 
4521  /// Retrieve the initializer value.
4522  Expr *getInit() const {
4523  return cast<Expr>(*const_cast<DesignatedInitExpr*>(this)->child_begin());
4524  }
4525 
4526  void setInit(Expr *init) {
4527  *child_begin() = init;
4528  }
4529 
4530  /// Retrieve the total number of subexpressions in this
4531  /// designated initializer expression, including the actual
4532  /// initialized value and any expressions that occur within array
4533  /// and array-range designators.
4534  unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; }
4535 
4536  Expr *getSubExpr(unsigned Idx) const {
4537  assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range");
4538  return cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx]);
4539  }
4540 
4541  void setSubExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr *E) {
4542  assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range");
4543  getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx] = E;
4544  }
4545 
4546  /// Replaces the designator at index @p Idx with the series
4547  /// of designators in [First, Last).
4548  void ExpandDesignator(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Idx,
4549  const Designator *First, const Designator *Last);
4550 
4551  SourceRange getDesignatorsSourceRange() const;
4552 
4553  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4554  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
4555  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4556  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
4557 
4558  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
4559  return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitExprClass;
4560  }
4561 
4562  // Iterators
4564  Stmt **begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>();
4565  return child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs);
4566  }
4568  Stmt * const *begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>();
4569  return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs);
4570  }
4571 
4573 };
4574 
4575 /// Represents a place-holder for an object not to be initialized by
4576 /// anything.
4577 ///
4578 /// This only makes sense when it appears as part of an updater of a
4579 /// DesignatedInitUpdateExpr (see below). The base expression of a DIUE
4580 /// initializes a big object, and the NoInitExpr's mark the spots within the
4581 /// big object not to be overwritten by the updater.
4582 ///
4583 /// \see DesignatedInitUpdateExpr
4584 class NoInitExpr : public Expr {
4585 public:
4586  explicit NoInitExpr(QualType ty)
4587  : Expr(NoInitExprClass, ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
4588  false, false, ty->isInstantiationDependentType(), false) { }
4589 
4590  explicit NoInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
4591  : Expr(NoInitExprClass, Empty) { }
4592 
4593  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
4594  return T->getStmtClass() == NoInitExprClass;
4595  }
4596 
4597  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4598  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
4599  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4600  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
4601 
4602  // Iterators
4605  }
4608  }
4609 };
4610 
4611 // In cases like:
4612 // struct Q { int a, b, c; };
4613 // Q *getQ();
4614 // void foo() {
4615 // struct A { Q q; } a = { *getQ(), .q.b = 3 };
4616 // }
4617 //
4618 // We will have an InitListExpr for a, with type A, and then a
4619 // DesignatedInitUpdateExpr for "a.q" with type Q. The "base" for this DIUE
4620 // is the call expression *getQ(); the "updater" for the DIUE is ".q.b = 3"
4621 //
4623  // BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] is the base expression;
4624  // BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] is an InitListExpr overwriting part of the base.
4625  Stmt *BaseAndUpdaterExprs[2];
4626 
4627 public:
4629  Expr *baseExprs, SourceLocation rBraceLoc);
4630 
4632  : Expr(DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass, Empty) { }
4633 
4634  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4635  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
4636  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4637  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
4638 
4639  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
4640  return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass;
4641  }
4642 
4643  Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0]); }
4644  void setBase(Expr *Base) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] = Base; }
4645 
4647  return cast<InitListExpr>(BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1]);
4648  }
4649  void setUpdater(Expr *Updater) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] = Updater; }
4650 
4651  // Iterators
4652  // children = the base and the updater
4654  return child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0], &BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2);
4655  }
4657  return const_child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0],
4658  &BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2);
4659  }
4660 };
4661 
4662 /// Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array.
4663 ///
4664 /// The need to initialize the elements of an array occurs in a number of
4665 /// contexts:
4666 ///
4667 /// * in the implicit copy/move constructor for a class with an array member
4668 /// * when a lambda-expression captures an array by value
4669 /// * when a decomposition declaration decomposes an array
4670 ///
4671 /// There are two subexpressions: a common expression (the source array)
4672 /// that is evaluated once up-front, and a per-element initializer that
4673 /// runs once for each array element.
4674 ///
4675 /// Within the per-element initializer, the common expression may be referenced
4676 /// via an OpaqueValueExpr, and the current index may be obtained via an
4677 /// ArrayInitIndexExpr.
4678 class ArrayInitLoopExpr : public Expr {
4679  Stmt *SubExprs[2];
4680 
4681  explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
4682  : Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, Empty), SubExprs{} {}
4683 
4684 public:
4685  explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(QualType T, Expr *CommonInit, Expr *ElementInit)
4686  : Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, T, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false,
4687  CommonInit->isValueDependent() || ElementInit->isValueDependent(),
4688  T->isInstantiationDependentType(),
4689  CommonInit->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
4690  ElementInit->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4691  SubExprs{CommonInit, ElementInit} {}
4692 
4693  /// Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source
4694  /// array).
4696  return cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SubExprs[0]);
4697  }
4698 
4699  /// Get the initializer to use for each array element.
4700  Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[1]); }
4701 
4702  llvm::APInt getArraySize() const {
4703  return cast<ConstantArrayType>(getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
4704  ->getSize();
4705  }
4706 
4707  static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
4708  return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitLoopExprClass;
4709  }
4710 
4711  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4712  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
4713  return getCommonExpr()->getLocStart();
4714  }
4715  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4716  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
4717  return getCommonExpr()->getLocEnd();
4718  }
4719 
4721  return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2);
4722  }
4724  return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2);
4725  }
4726 
4727  friend class ASTReader;
4728  friend class ASTStmtReader;
4729  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
4730 };
4731 
4732 /// Represents the index of the current element of an array being
4733 /// initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr. This can only appear within the
4734 /// subexpression of an ArrayInitLoopExpr.
4735 class ArrayInitIndexExpr : public Expr {
4736  explicit ArrayInitIndexExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
4737  : Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, Empty) {}
4738 
4739 public:
4741  : Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, T, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
4742  false, false, false, false) {}
4743 
4744  static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
4745  return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitIndexExprClass;
4746  }
4747 
4748  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4749  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
4750  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4751  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
4752 
4755  }
4758  }
4759 
4760  friend class ASTReader;
4761  friend class ASTStmtReader;
4762 };
4763 
4764 /// Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of
4765 /// an object of a given type.
4766 ///
4767 /// Implicit value initializations occur within semantic initializer
4768 /// list expressions (InitListExpr) as placeholders for subobject
4769 /// initializations not explicitly specified by the user.
4770 ///
4771 /// \see InitListExpr
4772 class ImplicitValueInitExpr : public Expr {
4773 public:
4775  : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
4776  false, false, ty->isInstantiationDependentType(), false) { }
4777 
4778  /// Construct an empty implicit value initialization.
4780  : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, Empty) { }
4781 
4782  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
4783  return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitValueInitExprClass;
4784  }
4785 
4786  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4787  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
4788  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4789  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
4790 
4791  // Iterators
4794  }
4797  }
4798 };
4799 
4800 class ParenListExpr : public Expr {
4801  Stmt **Exprs;
4802  unsigned NumExprs;
4803  SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
4804 
4805 public:
4806  ParenListExpr(const ASTContext& C, SourceLocation lparenloc,
4807  ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, SourceLocation rparenloc);
4808 
4809  /// Build an empty paren list.
4810  explicit ParenListExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ParenListExprClass, Empty) { }
4811 
4812  unsigned getNumExprs() const { return NumExprs; }
4813 
4814  const Expr* getExpr(unsigned Init) const {
4815  assert(Init < getNumExprs() && "Initializer access out of range!");
4816  return cast_or_null<Expr>(Exprs[Init]);
4817  }
4818 
4819  Expr* getExpr(unsigned Init) {
4820  assert(Init < getNumExprs() && "Initializer access out of range!");
4821  return cast_or_null<Expr>(Exprs[Init]);
4822  }
4823 
4824  Expr **getExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(Exprs); }
4825 
4827  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getExprs(), getNumExprs());
4828  }
4829 
4830  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
4831  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
4832 
4833  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4834  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; }
4835  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4836  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
4837 
4838  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
4839  return T->getStmtClass() == ParenListExprClass;
4840  }
4841 
4842  // Iterators
4844  return child_range(&Exprs[0], &Exprs[0]+NumExprs);
4845  }
4847  return const_child_range(&Exprs[0], &Exprs[0] + NumExprs);
4848  }
4849 
4850  friend class ASTStmtReader;
4851  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
4852 };
4853 
4854 /// Represents a C11 generic selection.
4855 ///
4856 /// A generic selection (C11 6.5.1.1) contains an unevaluated controlling
4857 /// expression, followed by one or more generic associations. Each generic
4858 /// association specifies a type name and an expression, or "default" and an
4859 /// expression (in which case it is known as a default generic association).
4860 /// The type and value of the generic selection are identical to those of its
4861 /// result expression, which is defined as the expression in the generic
4862 /// association with a type name that is compatible with the type of the
4863 /// controlling expression, or the expression in the default generic association
4864 /// if no types are compatible. For example:
4865 ///
4866 /// @code
4867 /// _Generic(X, double: 1, float: 2, default: 3)
4868 /// @endcode
4869 ///
4870 /// The above expression evaluates to 1 if 1.0 is substituted for X, 2 if 1.0f
4871 /// or 3 if "hello".
4872 ///
4873 /// As an extension, generic selections are allowed in C++, where the following
4874 /// additional semantics apply:
4875 ///
4876 /// Any generic selection whose controlling expression is type-dependent or
4877 /// which names a dependent type in its association list is result-dependent,
4878 /// which means that the choice of result expression is dependent.
4879 /// Result-dependent generic associations are both type- and value-dependent.
4880 class GenericSelectionExpr : public Expr {
4881  enum { CONTROLLING, END_EXPR };
4882  TypeSourceInfo **AssocTypes;
4883  Stmt **SubExprs;
4884  unsigned NumAssocs, ResultIndex;
4885  SourceLocation GenericLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc;
4886 
4887 public:
4888  GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context,
4889  SourceLocation GenericLoc, Expr *ControllingExpr,
4890  ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo*> AssocTypes,
4891  ArrayRef<Expr*> AssocExprs,
4892  SourceLocation DefaultLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4893  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
4894  unsigned ResultIndex);
4895 
4896  /// This constructor is used in the result-dependent case.
4897  GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context,
4898  SourceLocation GenericLoc, Expr *ControllingExpr,
4899  ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo*> AssocTypes,
4900  ArrayRef<Expr*> AssocExprs,
4901  SourceLocation DefaultLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4902  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
4903 
4905  : Expr(GenericSelectionExprClass, Empty) { }
4906 
4907  unsigned getNumAssocs() const { return NumAssocs; }
4908 
4909  SourceLocation getGenericLoc() const { return GenericLoc; }
4910  SourceLocation getDefaultLoc() const { return DefaultLoc; }
4911  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
4912 
4913  const Expr *getAssocExpr(unsigned i) const {
4914  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[END_EXPR+i]);
4915  }
4916  Expr *getAssocExpr(unsigned i) { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[END_EXPR+i]); }
4918  return NumAssocs
4919  ? llvm::makeArrayRef(
4920  &reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs)[END_EXPR], NumAssocs)
4921  : None;
4922  }
4923  const TypeSourceInfo *getAssocTypeSourceInfo(unsigned i) const {
4924  return AssocTypes[i];
4925  }
4926  TypeSourceInfo *getAssocTypeSourceInfo(unsigned i) { return AssocTypes[i]; }
4928  return NumAssocs ? llvm::makeArrayRef(&AssocTypes[0], NumAssocs) : None;
4929  }
4930 
4931  QualType getAssocType(unsigned i) const {
4932  if (const TypeSourceInfo *TS = getAssocTypeSourceInfo(i))
4933  return TS->getType();
4934  else
4935  return QualType();
4936  }
4937 
4938  const Expr *getControllingExpr() const {
4939  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[CONTROLLING]);
4940  }
4941  Expr *getControllingExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[CONTROLLING]); }
4942 
4943  /// Whether this generic selection is result-dependent.
4944  bool isResultDependent() const { return ResultIndex == -1U; }
4945 
4946  /// The zero-based index of the result expression's generic association in
4947  /// the generic selection's association list. Defined only if the
4948  /// generic selection is not result-dependent.
4949  unsigned getResultIndex() const {
4950  assert(!isResultDependent() && "Generic selection is result-dependent");
4951  return ResultIndex;
4952  }
4953 
4954  /// The generic selection's result expression. Defined only if the
4955  /// generic selection is not result-dependent.
4956  const Expr *getResultExpr() const { return getAssocExpr(getResultIndex()); }
4957  Expr *getResultExpr() { return getAssocExpr(getResultIndex()); }
4958 
4959  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
4960  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return GenericLoc; }
4961  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
4962  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
4963 
4964  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
4965  return T->getStmtClass() == GenericSelectionExprClass;
4966  }
4967 
4969  return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs+END_EXPR+NumAssocs);
4970  }
4972  return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + END_EXPR + NumAssocs);
4973  }
4974  friend class ASTStmtReader;
4975 };
4976 
4977 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4978 // Clang Extensions
4979 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4980 
4981 /// ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a
4982 /// vector, and may occur on the left hand side or right hand side. For example
4983 /// the following is legal: "V.xy = V.zw" if V is a 4 element extended vector.
4984 ///
4985 /// Note that the base may have either vector or pointer to vector type, just
4986 /// like a struct field reference.
4987 ///
4988 class ExtVectorElementExpr : public Expr {
4989  Stmt *Base;
4990  IdentifierInfo *Accessor;
4991  SourceLocation AccessorLoc;
4992 public:
4994  IdentifierInfo &accessor, SourceLocation loc)
4995  : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, ty, VK,
4997  base->isTypeDependent(), base->isValueDependent(),
4998  base->isInstantiationDependent(),
4999  base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
5000  Base(base), Accessor(&accessor), AccessorLoc(loc) {}
5001 
5002  /// Build an empty vector element expression.
5004  : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, Empty) { }
5005 
5006  const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
5007  Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
5008  void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; }
5009 
5010  IdentifierInfo &getAccessor() const { return *Accessor; }
5011  void setAccessor(IdentifierInfo *II) { Accessor = II; }
5012 
5013  SourceLocation getAccessorLoc() const { return AccessorLoc; }
5014  void setAccessorLoc(SourceLocation L) { AccessorLoc = L; }
5015 
5016  /// getNumElements - Get the number of components being selected.
5017  unsigned getNumElements() const;
5018 
5019  /// containsDuplicateElements - Return true if any element access is
5020  /// repeated.
5021  bool containsDuplicateElements() const;
5022 
5023  /// getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm
5024  /// aggregate Constant of ConstantInt(s).
5025  void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl<uint32_t> &Elts) const;
5026 
5027  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
5028  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
5029  return getBase()->getLocStart();
5030  }
5031  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
5032  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AccessorLoc; }
5033 
5034  /// isArrow - Return true if the base expression is a pointer to vector,
5035  /// return false if the base expression is a vector.
5036  bool isArrow() const;
5037 
5038  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
5039  return T->getStmtClass() == ExtVectorElementExprClass;
5040  }
5041 
5042  // Iterators
5043  child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); }
5045  return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1);
5046  }
5047 };
5048 
5049 /// BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions.
5050 /// ^{ statement-body } or ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body }
5051 class BlockExpr : public Expr {
5052 protected:
5054 public:
5056  : Expr(BlockExprClass, ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
5057  ty->isDependentType(), ty->isDependentType(),
5058  ty->isInstantiationDependentType() || BD->isDependentContext(),
5059  false),
5060  TheBlock(BD) {}
5061 
5062  /// Build an empty block expression.
5063  explicit BlockExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BlockExprClass, Empty) { }
5064 
5065  const BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() const { return TheBlock; }
5066  BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() { return TheBlock; }
5067  void setBlockDecl(BlockDecl *BD) { TheBlock = BD; }
5068 
5069  // Convenience functions for probing the underlying BlockDecl.
5070  SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const;
5071  const Stmt *getBody() const;
5072  Stmt *getBody();
5073 
5074  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
5075  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
5076  return getCaretLocation();
5077  }
5078  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
5079  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
5080  return getBody()->getLocEnd();
5081  }
5082 
5083  /// getFunctionType - Return the underlying function type for this block.
5084  const FunctionProtoType *getFunctionType() const;
5085 
5086  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
5087  return T->getStmtClass() == BlockExprClass;
5088  }
5089 
5090  // Iterators
5093  }
5096  }
5097 };
5098 
5099 /// AsTypeExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_astype [OpenCL 6.2.4.2]
5100 /// This AST node provides support for reinterpreting a type to another
5101 /// type of the same size.
5102 class AsTypeExpr : public Expr {
5103 private:
5104  Stmt *SrcExpr;
5105  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
5106 
5107  friend class ASTReader;
5108  friend class ASTStmtReader;
5109  explicit AsTypeExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, Empty) {}
5110 
5111 public:
5112  AsTypeExpr(Expr* SrcExpr, QualType DstType,
5114  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc)
5115  : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, DstType, VK, OK,
5116  DstType->isDependentType(),
5117  DstType->isDependentType() || SrcExpr->isValueDependent(),
5118  (DstType->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
5119  SrcExpr->isInstantiationDependent()),
5120  (DstType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
5121  SrcExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
5122  SrcExpr(SrcExpr), BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {}
5123 
5124  /// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
5125  Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SrcExpr); }
5126 
5127  /// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_astype token.
5128  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
5129 
5130  /// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis.
5131  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
5132 
5133  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
5134  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
5135  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
5136  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
5137 
5138  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
5139  return T->getStmtClass() == AsTypeExprClass;
5140  }
5141 
5142  // Iterators
5143  child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); }
5145  return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1);
5146  }
5147 };
5148 
5149 /// PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object
5150 /// l-value. A pseudo-object is an abstract object, accesses to which
5151 /// are translated to calls. The pseudo-object expression has a
5152 /// syntactic form, which shows how the expression was actually
5153 /// written in the source code, and a semantic form, which is a series
5154 /// of expressions to be executed in order which detail how the
5155 /// operation is actually evaluated. Optionally, one of the semantic
5156 /// forms may also provide a result value for the expression.
5157 ///
5158 /// If any of the semantic-form expressions is an OpaqueValueExpr,
5159 /// that OVE is required to have a source expression, and it is bound
5160 /// to the result of that source expression. Such OVEs may appear
5161 /// only in subsequent semantic-form expressions and as
5162 /// sub-expressions of the syntactic form.
5163 ///
5164 /// PseudoObjectExpr should be used only when an operation can be
5165 /// usefully described in terms of fairly simple rewrite rules on
5166 /// objects and functions that are meant to be used by end-developers.
5167 /// For example, under the Itanium ABI, dynamic casts are implemented
5168 /// as a call to a runtime function called __dynamic_cast; using this
5169 /// class to describe that would be inappropriate because that call is
5170 /// not really part of the user-visible semantics, and instead the
5171 /// cast is properly reflected in the AST and IR-generation has been
5172 /// taught to generate the call as necessary. In contrast, an
5173 /// Objective-C property access is semantically defined to be
5174 /// equivalent to a particular message send, and this is very much
5175 /// part of the user model. The name of this class encourages this
5176 /// modelling design.
5177 class PseudoObjectExpr final
5178  : public Expr,
5179  private llvm::TrailingObjects<PseudoObjectExpr, Expr *> {
5180  // PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs - The number of sub-expressions.
5181  // Always at least two, because the first sub-expression is the
5182  // syntactic form.
5183 
5184  // PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - The index of the
5185  // sub-expression holding the result. 0 means the result is void,
5186  // which is unambiguous because it's the index of the syntactic
5187  // form. Note that this is therefore 1 higher than the value passed
5188  // in to Create, which is an index within the semantic forms.
5189  // Note also that ASTStmtWriter assumes this encoding.
5190 
5191  Expr **getSubExprsBuffer() { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); }
5192  const Expr * const *getSubExprsBuffer() const {
5193  return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
5194  }
5195 
5197  Expr *syntactic, ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic,
5198  unsigned resultIndex);
5199 
5200  PseudoObjectExpr(EmptyShell shell, unsigned numSemanticExprs);
5201 
5202  unsigned getNumSubExprs() const {
5203  return PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs;
5204  }
5205 
5206 public:
5207  /// NoResult - A value for the result index indicating that there is
5208  /// no semantic result.
5209  enum : unsigned { NoResult = ~0U };
5210 
5211  static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *syntactic,
5212  ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic,
5213  unsigned resultIndex);
5214 
5215  static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, EmptyShell shell,
5216  unsigned numSemanticExprs);
5217 
5218  /// Return the syntactic form of this expression, i.e. the
5219  /// expression it actually looks like. Likely to be expressed in
5220  /// terms of OpaqueValueExprs bound in the semantic form.
5221  Expr *getSyntacticForm() { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; }
5222  const Expr *getSyntacticForm() const { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; }
5223 
5224  /// Return the index of the result-bearing expression into the semantics
5225  /// expressions, or PseudoObjectExpr::NoResult if there is none.
5226  unsigned getResultExprIndex() const {
5227  if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0) return NoResult;
5228  return PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - 1;
5229  }
5230 
5231  /// Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none.
5233  if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0)
5234  return nullptr;
5235  return getSubExprsBuffer()[PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex];
5236  }
5237  const Expr *getResultExpr() const {
5238  return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getResultExpr();
5239  }
5240 
5241  unsigned getNumSemanticExprs() const { return getNumSubExprs() - 1; }
5242 
5243  typedef Expr * const *semantics_iterator;
5244  typedef const Expr * const *const_semantics_iterator;
5245  semantics_iterator semantics_begin() {
5246  return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1;
5247  }
5248  const_semantics_iterator semantics_begin() const {
5249  return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1;
5250  }
5251  semantics_iterator semantics_end() {
5252  return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs();
5253  }
5254  const_semantics_iterator semantics_end() const {
5255  return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs();
5256  }
5257 
5258  llvm::iterator_range<semantics_iterator> semantics() {
5259  return llvm::make_range(semantics_begin(), semantics_end());
5260  }
5261  llvm::iterator_range<const_semantics_iterator> semantics() const {
5262  return llvm::make_range(semantics_begin(), semantics_end());
5263  }
5264 
5265  Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) {
5266  assert(index + 1 < getNumSubExprs());
5267  return getSubExprsBuffer()[index + 1];
5268  }
5269  const Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) const {
5270  return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getSemanticExpr(index);
5271  }
5272 
5273  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
5274  return getSyntacticForm()->getExprLoc();
5275  }
5276 
5277  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
5278  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
5279  return getSyntacticForm()->getLocStart();
5280  }
5281  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
5282  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
5283  return getSyntacticForm()->getLocEnd();
5284  }
5285 
5287  const_child_range CCR =
5288  const_cast<const PseudoObjectExpr *>(this)->children();
5289  return child_range(cast_away_const(CCR.begin()),
5290  cast_away_const(CCR.end()));
5291  }
5293  Stmt *const *cs = const_cast<Stmt *const *>(
5294  reinterpret_cast<const Stmt *const *>(getSubExprsBuffer()));
5295  return const_child_range(cs, cs + getNumSubExprs());
5296  }
5297 
5298  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
5299  return T->getStmtClass() == PseudoObjectExprClass;
5300  }
5301 
5303  friend class ASTStmtReader;
5304 };
5305 
5306 /// AtomicExpr - Variadic atomic builtins: __atomic_exchange, __atomic_fetch_*,
5307 /// __atomic_load, __atomic_store, and __atomic_compare_exchange_*, for the
5308 /// similarly-named C++11 instructions, and __c11 variants for <stdatomic.h>,
5309 /// and corresponding __opencl_atomic_* for OpenCL 2.0.
5310 /// All of these instructions take one primary pointer, at least one memory
5311 /// order. The instructions for which getScopeModel returns non-null value
5312 /// take one synch scope.
5313 class AtomicExpr : public Expr {
5314 public:
5315  enum AtomicOp {
5316 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
5317 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) AO ## ID,
5318 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
5319  // Avoid trailing comma
5320  BI_First = 0
5321  };
5322 
5323 private:
5324  /// Location of sub-expressions.
5325  /// The location of Scope sub-expression is NumSubExprs - 1, which is
5326  /// not fixed, therefore is not defined in enum.
5327  enum { PTR, ORDER, VAL1, ORDER_FAIL, VAL2, WEAK, END_EXPR };
5328  Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR + 1];
5329  unsigned NumSubExprs;
5330  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
5331  AtomicOp Op;
5332 
5333  friend class ASTStmtReader;
5334 public:
5336  AtomicOp op, SourceLocation RP);
5337 
5338  /// Determine the number of arguments the specified atomic builtin
5339  /// should have.
5340  static unsigned getNumSubExprs(AtomicOp Op);
5341 
5342  /// Build an empty AtomicExpr.
5343  explicit AtomicExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AtomicExprClass, Empty) { }
5344 
5345  Expr *getPtr() const {
5346  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[PTR]);
5347  }
5348  Expr *getOrder() const {
5349  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]);
5350  }
5351  Expr *getScope() const {
5352  assert(getScopeModel() && "No scope");
5353  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[NumSubExprs - 1]);
5354  }
5355  Expr *getVal1() const {
5356  if (Op == AO__c11_atomic_init || Op == AO__opencl_atomic_init)
5357  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]);
5358  assert(NumSubExprs > VAL1);
5359  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL1]);
5360  }
5361  Expr *getOrderFail() const {
5362  assert(NumSubExprs > ORDER_FAIL);
5363  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]);
5364  }
5365  Expr *getVal2() const {
5366  if (Op == AO__atomic_exchange)
5367  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]);
5368  assert(NumSubExprs > VAL2);
5369  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL2]);
5370  }
5371  Expr *getWeak() const {
5372  assert(NumSubExprs > WEAK);
5373  return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[WEAK]);
5374  }
5375  QualType getValueType() const;
5376 
5377  AtomicOp getOp() const { return Op; }
5378  unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; }
5379 
5380  Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); }
5381  const Expr * const *getSubExprs() const {
5382  return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(SubExprs);
5383  }
5384 
5385  bool isVolatile() const {
5386  return getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified();
5387  }
5388 
5389  bool isCmpXChg() const {
5390  return getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong ||
5391  getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak ||
5392  getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong ||
5393  getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_weak ||
5394  getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange ||
5395  getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
5396  }
5397 
5398  bool isOpenCL() const {
5399  return getOp() >= AO__opencl_atomic_init &&
5400  getOp() <= AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max;
5401  }
5402 
5403  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
5404  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
5405 
5406  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
5407  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
5408  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
5409  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
5410 
5411  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
5412  return T->getStmtClass() == AtomicExprClass;
5413  }
5414 
5415  // Iterators
5417  return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs+NumSubExprs);
5418  }
5420  return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NumSubExprs);
5421  }
5422 
5423  /// Get atomic scope model for the atomic op code.
5424  /// \return empty atomic scope model if the atomic op code does not have
5425  /// scope operand.
5426  static std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel(AtomicOp Op) {
5427  auto Kind =
5428  (Op >= AO__opencl_atomic_load && Op <= AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max)
5432  }
5433 
5434  /// Get atomic scope model.
5435  /// \return empty atomic scope model if this atomic expression does not have
5436  /// scope operand.
5437  std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel() const {
5438  return getScopeModel(getOp());
5439  }
5440 };
5441 
5442 /// TypoExpr - Internal placeholder for expressions where typo correction
5443 /// still needs to be performed and/or an error diagnostic emitted.
5444 class TypoExpr : public Expr {
5445 public:
5447  : Expr(TypoExprClass, T, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
5448  /*isTypeDependent*/ true,
5449  /*isValueDependent*/ true,
5450  /*isInstantiationDependent*/ true,
5451  /*containsUnexpandedParameterPack*/ false) {
5452  assert(T->isDependentType() && "TypoExpr given a non-dependent type");
5453  }
5454 
5457  }
5460  }
5461 
5462  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
5463  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
5464  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
5465  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
5466 
5467  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
5468  return T->getStmtClass() == TypoExprClass;
5469  }
5470 
5471 };
5472 } // end namespace clang
5473 
5474 #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4836
void setFPFeatures(FPOptions F)
Definition: Expr.h:3315
ObjCPropertyRefExpr - A dot-syntax expression to access an ObjC property.
Definition: ExprObjC.h:595
unsigned getNumSemanticExprs() const
Definition: Expr.h:5241
bool hasArrayFiller() const
Return true if this is an array initializer and its array "filler" has been set.
Definition: Expr.h:4154
Represents a single C99 designator.
Definition: Expr.h:4361
unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const
Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this template-id.
Definition: Expr.h:1160
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:5091
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5463
Expr * getVal2() const
Definition: Expr.h:5365
void setValueDependent(bool VD)
Set whether this expression is value-dependent or not.
Definition: Expr.h:152
friend TrailingObjects
Definition: Expr.h:3121
APFloatSemantics
Definition: Stmt.h:159
const BlockDecl * getBlockDecl() const
Definition: Expr.h:5065
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:2938
bool isCallToStdMove() const
Definition: Expr.h:2464
bool isIncrementOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:1864
bool path_empty() const
Definition: Expr.h:2910
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3477
Expr * getChosenSubExpr() const
getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the condition.
Definition: Expr.h:3877
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4656
Represents a function declaration or definition.
Definition: Decl.h:1716
NamedDecl * getFoundDecl()
Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred.
Definition: Expr.h:1098
const StringLiteral * getFunctionName() const
Definition: Expr.h:1242
void setSubStmt(CompoundStmt *S)
Definition: Expr.h:3672
void setPreArg(unsigned i, Stmt *PreArg)
Definition: Expr.h:2342
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3989
Expr ** getArgs()
Retrieve the call arguments.
Definition: Expr.h:2376
static DiagnosticBuilder Diag(DiagnosticsEngine *Diags, const LangOptions &Features, FullSourceLoc TokLoc, const char *TokBegin, const char *TokRangeBegin, const char *TokRangeEnd, unsigned DiagID)
Produce a diagnostic highlighting some portion of a literal.
BlockExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty block expression.
Definition: Expr.h:5063
Expr * getLHS() const
Definition: Expr.h:3474
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1912
BlockDecl * TheBlock
Definition: Expr.h:5053
ImplicitCastExpr(OnStack_t _, QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op, ExprValueKind VK)
Definition: Expr.h:2981
Expr * getSyntacticForm()
Return the syntactic form of this expression, i.e.
Definition: Expr.h:5221
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1440
bool hasTemplateKeyword() const
Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword.
Definition: Expr.h:2651
reverse_iterator rbegin()
Definition: Expr.h:4257
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:2452
const TemplateArgumentLoc * getTemplateArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this template-id.
Definition: Expr.h:1151
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:2302
unsigned getRawEncoding() const
When a SourceLocation itself cannot be used, this returns an (opaque) 32-bit integer encoding for it...
const Expr * getIdx() const
Definition: Expr.h:2279
A (possibly-)qualified type.
Definition: Type.h:655
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4751
StringKind getKind() const
Definition: Expr.h:1673
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5133
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3481
ValueDecl * getMemberDecl() const
Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers.
Definition: Expr.h:2596
Expr * getCond() const
Definition: Expr.h:3881
void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:2202
static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3279
Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg)
getArg - Return the specified argument.
Definition: Expr.h:2385
void setArrow(bool A)
Definition: Expr.h:2696
void setRawSemantics(APFloatSemantics Sem)
Set the raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of this literal (32-bit IEEE...
Definition: Expr.h:1491
Defines enumerations for the type traits support.
SourceLocation getLParen() const
Get the location of the left parentheses &#39;(&#39;.
Definition: Expr.h:1777
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4716
Expr(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, bool TD, bool VD, bool ID, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
Definition: Expr.h:110
Expr * getExpr(unsigned Index)
getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index.
Definition: Expr.h:3743
llvm::APFloat getValue(const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics) const
Definition: Expr.h:1310
Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc, SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
Initializes an array designator.
Definition: Expr.h:4390
unsigned FieldLoc
The location of the field name in the designated initializer.
Definition: Expr.h:4338
CharacterLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
Construct an empty character literal.
Definition: Expr.h:1430
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1069
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const
getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array.
Definition: Expr.h:3737
unsigned getResultIndex() const
The zero-based index of the result expression&#39;s generic association in the generic selection&#39;s associ...
Definition: Expr.h:4949
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4715
CompoundStmt * getSubStmt()
Definition: Expr.h:3670
InitExprsTy::const_iterator const_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:4249
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4469
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5032
const Expr * getInit(unsigned Init) const
Definition: Expr.h:4098
static bool classof(const Stmt *S)
Definition: Expr.h:4744
Designator(const IdentifierInfo *FieldName, SourceLocation DotLoc, SourceLocation FieldLoc)
Initializes a field designator.
Definition: Expr.h:4381
#define PTR(CLASS)
Expr * getControllingExpr()
Definition: Expr.h:4941
void setRHS(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:2265
bool containsNonAsciiOrNull() const
Definition: Expr.h:1691
static bool isBuiltinAssumeFalse(const CFGBlock *B, const Stmt *S, ASTContext &C)
TypeSourceInfo * Ty
Definition: Expr.h:2136
Expr *const * semantics_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:5243
Stmt - This represents one statement.
Definition: Stmt.h:66
unsigned getNumArgs() const
getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call.
Definition: Expr.h:2373
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1250
CompoundLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Construct an empty compound literal.
Definition: Expr.h:2775
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const
getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator.
Definition: Expr.h:2062
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3722
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Definition: Expr.h:1509
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3675
StmtExpr(CompoundStmt *substmt, QualType T, SourceLocation lp, SourceLocation rp)
Definition: Expr.h:3661
bool hasPlaceholderType() const
Returns whether this expression has a placeholder type.
Definition: Expr.h:472
C Language Family Type Representation.
static bool isMultiplicativeOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3217
bool isLogicalOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3266
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1251
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4444
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1525
bool isAscii() const
Definition: Expr.h:1676
reverse_iterator rbegin()
Definition: ASTVector.h:103
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:3907
Expr * getBase() const
Definition: Expr.h:2590
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2457
TypeSourceInfo * getTypeSourceInfo() const
Definition: Expr.h:2788
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5281
Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g.
Definition: DeclBase.h:86
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1350
llvm::APFloat getValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:1475
Represents the index of the current element of an array being initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr.
Definition: Expr.h:4735
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5031
LLVM_READNONE bool isASCII(char c)
Returns true if this is an ASCII character.
Definition: CharInfo.h:43
void setType(QualType t)
Definition: Expr.h:129
ConstExprUsage
Indicates how the constant expression will be used.
Definition: Expr.h:662
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2208
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:3972
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:2481
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5465
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition: Expr.h:3184
Classification Classify(ASTContext &Ctx) const
Classify - Classify this expression according to the C++11 expression taxonomy.
Definition: Expr.h:377
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3008
const CastExpr * BasePath
Definition: Expr.h:68
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const
Retrieve the total number of subexpressions in this designated initializer expression, including the actual initialized value and any expressions that occur within array and array-range designators.
Definition: Expr.h:4534
void setComputationResultType(QualType T)
Definition: Expr.h:3378
ParenExpr - This represents a parethesized expression, e.g.
Definition: Expr.h:1751
Is the identifier known as a GNU-style attribute?
bool hasQualifier() const
Determines whether this member expression actually had a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name ...
Definition: Expr.h:2610
Strictly evaluate the expression.
Definition: Expr.h:595
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:3306
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3935
const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const
Definition: Expr.h:2419
The base class of the type hierarchy.
Definition: Type.h:1428
ImplicitValueInitExpr(QualType ty)
Definition: Expr.h:4774
bool isSemanticForm() const
Definition: Expr.h:4200
bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const
Determines whether this declaration reference was followed by an explicit template argument list...
Definition: Expr.h:1139
llvm::iterator_range< child_iterator > child_range
Definition: Stmt.h:458
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:2204
CastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned BasePathSize)
Construct an empty cast.
Definition: Expr.h:2877
static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3223
static ExprValueKind getValueKindForType(QualType T)
getValueKindForType - Given a formal return or parameter type, give its value kind.
Definition: Expr.h:395
const Designator * getDesignator(unsigned Idx) const
Definition: Expr.h:4500
TypeSourceInfo * getTypeInfoAsWritten() const
getTypeInfoAsWritten - Returns the type source info for the type that this expression is casting to...
Definition: Expr.h:3057
FPOptions getFPFeatures() const
Definition: Expr.h:3317
InitExprsTy::iterator iterator
Definition: Expr.h:4248
SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3104
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4786
The l-value was an access to a declared entity or something equivalently strong, like the address of ...
A container of type source information.
Definition: Decl.h:86
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3000
Stmt * IgnoreImplicit()
Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this statement, such as ExprWithCleanups or Imp...
Definition: Stmt.cpp:113
void setCanOverflow(bool C)
Definition: Expr.h:1846
Floating point control options.
Definition: LangOptions.h:263
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1729
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3111
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4962
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3567
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:2931
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4971
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5273
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4789
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4000
ShuffleVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty vector-shuffle expression.
Definition: Expr.h:3716
SourceLocation getAccessorLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:5013
BinaryOperator(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptions FPFeatures)
Definition: Expr.h:3159
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3894
const Expr * getResultExpr() const
The generic selection&#39;s result expression.
Definition: Expr.h:4956
bool isImplicitAccess() const
Determine whether the base of this explicit is implicit.
Definition: Expr.h:2711
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis.
Definition: Expr.h:3809
isModifiableLvalueResult
Definition: Expr.h:269
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:1547
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4225
Expr * getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx)
Definition: Expr.h:2090
const Expr * getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) const
Definition: Expr.h:2095
const CXXBaseSpecifier *const * path_const_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:2909
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1897
Represents a variable declaration or definition.
Definition: Decl.h:814
GenericSelectionExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Definition: Expr.h:4904
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:911
bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const
Definition: Expr.h:1108
void setIsPartOfExplicitCast(bool PartOfExplicitCast)
Definition: Expr.h:2987
CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5].
Definition: Expr.h:2752
void setSubExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:4541
static bool isArithmeticOp(Opcode Op)
Definition: Expr.h:1880
const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher< Stmt, Expr > expr
Matches expressions.
OpaqueValueExpr * getCommonExpr() const
Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source array).
Definition: Expr.h:4695
const T * getAs() const
Member-template getAs<specific type>&#39;.
Definition: Type.h:6526
void setInitializer(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:2780
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4787
const Expr * getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) const
Definition: Expr.h:5269
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2111
unsigned EllipsisLoc
The location of the ellipsis separating the start and end indices.
Definition: Expr.h:4350
llvm::iterator_range< arg_iterator > arg_range
Definition: Expr.h:2407
SourceLocation getColonLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3419
BlockExpr(BlockDecl *BD, QualType ty)
Definition: Expr.h:5055
void setInit(unsigned Init, Expr *expr)
Definition: Expr.h:4108
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1249
AddrLabelExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty address of a label expression.
Definition: Expr.h:3619
void setValue(unsigned Val)
Definition: Expr.h:1446
const_iterator begin() const
Definition: Expr.h:4254
void setLocation(SourceLocation Location)
Definition: Expr.h:1389
size_type size() const
Definition: ASTVector.h:109
Expr * getVal1() const
Definition: Expr.h:5355
static std::unique_ptr< AtomicScopeModel > create(AtomicScopeModelKind K)
Create an atomic scope model by AtomicScopeModelKind.
Definition: SyncScope.h:143
void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP=true)
Set the bit that describes whether this expression contains an unexpanded parameter pack...
Definition: Expr.h:220
ConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty conditional operator.
Definition: Expr.h:3458
void setGNUSyntax(bool GNU)
Definition: Expr.h:4519
TypeSourceInfo * getArgumentTypeInfo() const
Definition: Expr.h:2174
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3628
SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY
Retrieve the source range that covers this offsetof node.
Definition: Expr.h:2006
bool isShiftAssignOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3290
unsigned getNumExpressions() const
Definition: Expr.h:2105
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Retrieve the location of the literal.
Definition: Expr.h:1346
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:920
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4756
static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3268
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:3689
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4911
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Retrieve the location of the literal.
Definition: Expr.h:1387
const Expr * IgnoreParenNoopCasts(ASTContext &Ctx) const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:828
bool isAdditiveOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3222
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5074
bool isEqualityOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3233
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3888
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2796
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3630
bool isXValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:251
iterator end()
Definition: Expr.h:4255
IdentifierInfo * getIdentifier() const
Get the identifier that names this declaration, if there is one.
Definition: Decl.h:269
const Expr * getBase() const
Definition: Expr.h:2271
Expr * IgnoreImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY
IgnoreImpCasts - Skip past any implicit casts which might surround this expression.
Definition: Expr.h:3016
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1784
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4606
SourceLocation getDotLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4428
Represents a struct/union/class.
Definition: Decl.h:3570
InitExprsTy::const_reverse_iterator const_reverse_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:4251
void setStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum, SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:1707
Represents a C99 designated initializer expression.
Definition: Expr.h:4286
AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty)
Definition: Expr.h:3401
bool isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() const
Definition: Expr.h:416
DeclarationName getDeclName() const
Get the actual, stored name of the declaration, which may be a special name.
Definition: Decl.h:297
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:2212
One of these records is kept for each identifier that is lexed.
Expr * getFalseExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:3472
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4834
void setOpcode(Opcode O)
Definition: Expr.h:1830
FieldDecl * getField() const
For a field offsetof node, returns the field.
Definition: Expr.h:1985
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:5404
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:5286
AddrLabelExpr(SourceLocation AALoc, SourceLocation LLoc, LabelDecl *L, QualType t)
Definition: Expr.h:3612
const_reverse_iterator rend() const
Definition: Expr.h:4260
ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function __builtin_shufflevector.
Definition: Expr.h:3701
static Opcode reverseComparisonOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3251
QualType getComputationResultType() const
Definition: Expr.h:3377
bool isStr(const char(&Str)[StrLen]) const
Return true if this is the identifier for the specified string.
SourceLocation getRParen() const
Get the location of the right parentheses &#39;)&#39;.
Definition: Expr.h:1781
A vector component is an element or range of elements on a vector.
Definition: Specifiers.h:132
StmtIterator cast_away_const(const ConstStmtIterator &RHS)
Definition: StmtIterator.h:152
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:2123
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:4230
Holds long-lived AST nodes (such as types and decls) that can be referred to throughout the semantic ...
Definition: ASTContext.h:150
A C++ nested-name-specifier augmented with source location information.
Expr * getInit() const
Retrieve the initializer value.
Definition: Expr.h:4522
void setLHS(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:2261
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2293
bool isFileScope() const
Definition: Expr.h:2782
friend TrailingObjects
Definition: Expr.h:3012
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3478
bool isUTF8() const
Definition: Expr.h:1678
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:2817
SourceLocation getAmpAmpLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3622
static SourceLocation getFromRawEncoding(unsigned Encoding)
Turn a raw encoding of a SourceLocation object into a real SourceLocation.
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4959
Represents a member of a struct/union/class.
Definition: Decl.h:2534
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5134
void setIsMicrosoftABI(bool IsMS)
Definition: Expr.h:3978
Represents a place-holder for an object not to be initialized by anything.
Definition: Expr.h:4584
bool empty() const
Definition: ASTVector.h:108
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3936
UnaryOperator(Expr *input, Opcode opc, QualType type, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l, bool CanOverflow)
Definition: Expr.h:1815
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait
Names for the "expression or type" traits.
Definition: TypeTraits.h:97
static bool isIncrementDecrementOp(Opcode Op)
Definition: Expr.h:1875
unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const
For an array element node, returns the index into the array of expressions.
Definition: Expr.h:1979
SourceLocation getLabelLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3624
ExtVectorElementExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty vector element expression.
Definition: Expr.h:5003
bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const
Determines whether the member name was followed by an explicit template argument list.
Definition: Expr.h:2655
UnaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty unary operator.
Definition: Expr.h:1826
const Expr * getResultExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:5237
SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4197
ArrayRef< Stmt * > getRawSubExprs()
This method provides fast access to all the subexpressions of a CallExpr without going through the sl...
Definition: Expr.h:2430
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:2201
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2708
unsigned getNumCommas() const
getNumCommas - Return the number of commas that must have been present in this function call...
Definition: Expr.h:2437
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3117
GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null pointer constant that h...
Definition: Expr.h:3918
bool isReferenceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6125
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3107
void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr)
setArg - Set the specified argument.
Definition: Expr.h:2395
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3197
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1522
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:3945
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1453
void setRParen(SourceLocation Loc)
Definition: Expr.h:1782
GNUNullExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty GNU __null expression.
Definition: Expr.h:3929
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4712
Expr * getSourceExpr() const
The source expression of an opaque value expression is the expression which originally generated the ...
Definition: Expr.h:936
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1790
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1456
ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a vector, and may occur on the ...
Definition: Expr.h:4988
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4598
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1901
Classification ClassifyModifiable(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation &Loc) const
ClassifyModifiable - Classify this expression according to the C++11 expression taxonomy, and see if it is valid on the left side of an assignment.
Definition: Expr.h:389
Expr * getSubExpr()
Definition: Expr.h:2892
std::unique_ptr< AtomicScopeModel > getScopeModel() const
Get atomic scope model.
Definition: Expr.h:5437
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3990
SourceLocation getQuestionLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3418
Keeps track of the various options that can be enabled, which controls the dialect of C or C++ that i...
Definition: LangOptions.h:50
void setComponent(unsigned Idx, OffsetOfNode ON)
Definition: Expr.h:2081
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2210
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:3948
unsigned getCharByteWidth() const
Definition: Expr.h:1667
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4749
bool isAssignmentOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3271
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3938
NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc
The nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, including source-location information.
Definition: Expr.h:2491
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3682
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:4639
bool hadArrayRangeDesignator() const
Definition: Expr.h:4218
An r-value expression (a pr-value in the C++11 taxonomy) produces a temporary value.
Definition: Specifiers.h:110
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1355
const Expr *const * const_semantics_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:5244
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:5298
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4600
static bool isRelationalOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3229
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5462
Expr *const * getInits() const
Retrieve the set of initializers.
Definition: Expr.h:4086
void setLBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc)
Definition: Expr.h:4196
StringRef getOpcodeStr() const
Definition: Expr.h:3205
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1381
bool isGLValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:252
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:5144
void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const
Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given structure.
Definition: Expr.h:1143
Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
Definition: Expr.h:4050
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3991
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4597
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3814
AsTypeExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, QualType DstType, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc)
Definition: Expr.h:5112
void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &Val)
Definition: Expr.h:1303
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4961
void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3720
BinaryOperatorKind
bool isPostfix() const
Definition: Expr.h:1859
void setSubExpr(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:1769
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1341
SmallVectorImpl< PartialDiagnosticAt > * Diag
Diag - If this is non-null, it will be filled in with a stack of notes indicating why evaluation fail...
Definition: Expr.h:558
void setLHS(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:3884
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:3821
unsigned getLength() const
Definition: Expr.h:1666
static bool isEqualityOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3232
unsigned getFirstExprIndex() const
Definition: Expr.h:4456
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1773
bool refersToBitField() const
Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that potentially refers to a bit-field.
Definition: Expr.h:437
static DeclAccessPair make(NamedDecl *D, AccessSpecifier AS)
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1254
const uint16_t * asUInt16
Definition: Expr.h:1600
APValue Val
Val - This is the value the expression can be folded to.
Definition: Expr.h:573
A convenient class for passing around template argument information.
Definition: TemplateBase.h:552
Expr * getPtr() const
Definition: Expr.h:5345
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1398
APFloatSemantics getRawSemantics() const
Get a raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of this literal (32-bit IEEE...
Definition: Expr.h:1485
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1448
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1194
OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation LBracketLoc, unsigned Index, SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
Create an offsetof node that refers to an array element.
Definition: Expr.h:1955
ExprValueKind getValueKind() const
getValueKind - The value kind that this expression produces.
Definition: Expr.h:405
An x-value expression is a reference to an object with independent storage but which can be "moved"...
Definition: Specifiers.h:119
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3674
path_iterator path_begin()
Definition: Expr.h:2916
const Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg) const
Definition: Expr.h:2389
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:2476
OffsetOfNode(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base)
Create an offsetof node that refers into a C++ base class.
Definition: Expr.h:1971
NullPointerConstantValueDependence
Enumeration used to describe how isNullPointerConstant() should cope with value-dependent expressions...
Definition: Expr.h:703
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3937
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1558
unsigned getNumPreArgs() const
Definition: Expr.h:2347
static bool classof(const Stmt *S)
Definition: Expr.h:4707
semantics_iterator semantics_end()
Definition: Expr.h:5251
A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y".
Definition: Expr.h:3143
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3994
TypoExpr(QualType T)
Definition: Expr.h:5446
const Expr * getAssocExpr(unsigned i) const
Definition: Expr.h:4913
tokloc_iterator tokloc_end() const
Definition: Expr.h:1727
unsigned RBracketLoc
The location of the &#39;]&#39; terminating the array range designator.
Definition: Expr.h:4352
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4750
ArrayRef< TemplateArgumentLoc > template_arguments() const
Definition: Expr.h:2683
void setAccessor(IdentifierInfo *II)
Definition: Expr.h:5011
bool hadMultipleCandidates() const
Returns true if this member expression refers to a method that was resolved from an overloaded set ha...
Definition: Expr.h:2717
unsigned getResultExprIndex() const
Return the index of the result-bearing expression into the semantics expressions, or PseudoObjectExpr...
Definition: Expr.h:5226
static bool isPostfix(Opcode Op)
isPostfix - Return true if this is a postfix operation, like x++.
Definition: Expr.h:1849
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:2297
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:4235
bool isArrow() const
Definition: Expr.h:2695
ChooseExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty __builtin_choose_expr.
Definition: Expr.h:3860
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3635
bool isFPContractableWithinStatement() const
Definition: Expr.h:3321
SourceLocation getEqualOrColonLoc() const
Retrieve the location of the &#39;=&#39; that precedes the initializer value itself, if present.
Definition: Expr.h:4513
BinaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
Construct an empty binary operator.
Definition: Expr.h:3177
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3627
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:4753
TypoExpr - Internal placeholder for expressions where typo correction still needs to be performed and...
Definition: Expr.h:5444
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4795
void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:2063
unsigned getInt() const
Used to serialize this.
Definition: LangOptions.h:293
bool isRelationalOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3230
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2287
An adjustment to be made to the temporary created when emitting a reference binding, which accesses a particular subobject of that temporary.
Definition: Expr.h:60
const Expr * getControllingExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:4938
CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit c...
Definition: Expr.h:2827
Helper class for OffsetOfExpr.
Definition: Expr.h:1921
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1731
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2283
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4788
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3983
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4835
NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const
If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name, with source-location information.
Definition: Expr.h:1080
bool isTypeDependent() const
isTypeDependent - Determines whether this expression is type-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]), which means that its type could change from one template instantiation to the next.
Definition: Expr.h:167
An ordinary object is located at an address in memory.
Definition: Specifiers.h:126
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3629
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2007
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const
getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator.
Definition: Expr.h:1836
bool isCmpXChg() const
Definition: Expr.h:5389
StmtClass
Definition: Stmt.h:68
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation R)
Definition: Expr.h:2067
static Classification makeSimpleLValue()
Create a simple, modifiably lvalue.
Definition: Expr.h:360
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4634
bool isExact() const
Definition: Expr.h:1501
GNUNullExpr(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc)
Definition: Expr.h:3923
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:3491
ConvertVectorExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, TypeSourceInfo *TI, QualType DstType, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc)
Definition: Expr.h:3782
SourceLocation getTokenLocation() const
getTokenLocation - The location of the __null token.
Definition: Expr.h:3932
Iterator for iterating over Stmt * arrays that contain only Expr *.
Definition: Stmt.h:345
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3108
uint64_t * pVal
Used to store the >64 bits integer value.
Definition: Expr.h:1278
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:3584
arg_iterator arg_end()
Definition: Expr.h:2416
void setCastKind(CastKind K)
Definition: Expr.h:2887
NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const
If the member name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name...
Definition: Expr.h:2615
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2110
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1515
Expr ** getSubExprs()
Retrieve the array of expressions.
Definition: Expr.h:3740
ChooseExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation RP, bool condIsTrue, bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent)
Definition: Expr.h:3842
Expr * getSubExpr()
Definition: Expr.h:1768
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:4964
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2693
void setEqualOrColonLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:4514
SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4450
const Expr * getLHS() const
Definition: Expr.h:2260
void setArgument(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:2186
QualType getTypeAsWritten() const
getTypeAsWritten - Returns the type that this expression is casting to, as written in the source code...
Definition: Expr.h:3062
void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tsi)
Definition: Expr.h:2072
static Opcode negateComparisonOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3238
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:2470
const Expr * getExpr(unsigned Index) const
Definition: Expr.h:3747
ConditionalOperator - The ?: ternary operator.
Definition: Expr.h:3429
Const iterator for iterating over Stmt * arrays that contain only Expr *.
Definition: Stmt.h:359
Expr * getScope() const
Definition: Expr.h:5351
void setField(FieldDecl *FD)
Definition: Expr.h:4423
StringRef getString() const
Definition: Expr.h:1633
ParenExpr(SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r, Expr *val)
Definition: Expr.h:1755
void setAmpAmpLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3623
llvm::iterator_range< const_child_iterator > const_child_range
Definition: Stmt.h:459
CompoundStmt - This represents a group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
Definition: Stmt.h:616
Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
Definition: Type.h:3432
void setBlockDecl(BlockDecl *BD)
Definition: Expr.h:5067
bool isMicrosoftABI() const
Returns whether this is really a Win64 ABI va_arg expression.
Definition: Expr.h:3977
ArrayInitIndexExpr(QualType T)
Definition: Expr.h:4740
Expr ** getSubExprs()
Definition: Expr.h:5380
SubobjectAdjustment(FieldDecl *Field)
Definition: Expr.h:90
void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const
Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given structure.
Definition: Expr.h:2659
const Stmt * getPreArg(unsigned i) const
Definition: Expr.h:2338
QualType getComputationLHSType() const
Definition: Expr.h:3374
CastKind
CastKind - The kind of operation required for a conversion.
NestedNameSpecifier * getQualifier() const
If the member name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name...
Definition: Expr.h:2625
The return type of classify().
Definition: Expr.h:302
const Expr * IgnoreParenCasts() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:820
const_semantics_iterator semantics_begin() const
Definition: Expr.h:5248
Used by IntegerLiteral/FloatingLiteral to store the numeric without leaking memory.
Definition: Expr.h:1275
static std::unique_ptr< AtomicScopeModel > getScopeModel(AtomicOp Op)
Get atomic scope model for the atomic op code.
Definition: Expr.h:5426
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2008
void setSubExpr(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:1833
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated) expression operand...
Definition: Expr.h:2134
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5078
Stmt * getPreArg(unsigned i)
Definition: Expr.h:2334
iterator end()
Definition: ASTVector.h:99
void setLParen(SourceLocation Loc)
Definition: Expr.h:1778
const Expr * IgnoreImplicit() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:745
llvm::APInt getIntValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:1290
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Definition: Expr.h:1067
InitListExpr * getUpdater() const
Definition: Expr.h:4646
ConditionalOperator(Expr *cond, SourceLocation QLoc, Expr *lhs, SourceLocation CLoc, Expr *rhs, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
Definition: Expr.h:3435
bool HasUndefinedBehavior
Whether the evaluation hit undefined behavior.
Definition: Expr.h:549
Represents a call to the builtin function __builtin_va_arg.
Definition: Expr.h:3954
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1252
static StringLiteral * Create(const ASTContext &C, StringRef Str, StringKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc)
Simple constructor for string literals made from one token.
Definition: Expr.h:1624
Kinds
The various classification results. Most of these mean prvalue.
Definition: Expr.h:305
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1902
unsigned getValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:1442
Exposes information about the current target.
Definition: TargetInfo.h:54
Expr * getSrcExpr() const
getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
Definition: Expr.h:5125
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4553
CompoundAssignOperator(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResType, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, QualType CompLHSType, QualType CompResultType, SourceLocation OpLoc, FPOptions FPFeatures)
Definition: Expr.h:3355
llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned N) const
Definition: Expr.h:3754
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3726
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1913
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3677
void setLocation(SourceLocation Location)
Definition: Expr.h:1444
Expr * getCond() const
Definition: Expr.h:3463
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4462
Pepresents a block literal declaration, which is like an unnamed FunctionDecl.
Definition: Decl.h:3860
llvm::MutableArrayRef< Designator > designators()
Definition: Expr.h:4491
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1736
DeclAccessPair getFoundDecl() const
Retrieves the declaration found by lookup.
Definition: Expr.h:2600
Represent the declaration of a variable (in which case it is an lvalue) a function (in which case it ...
Definition: Decl.h:637
Expr - This represents one expression.
Definition: Expr.h:106
Defines the clang::LangOptions interface.
void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc)
Definition: Expr.h:4198
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:3763
ExprValueKind
The categorization of expression values, currently following the C++11 scheme.
Definition: Specifiers.h:107
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:3760
void setCallee(Expr *F)
Definition: Expr.h:2358
std::string Label
const Expr * getSyntacticForm() const
Definition: Expr.h:5222
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4723
CXXBaseSpecifier * getBase() const
For a base class node, returns the base specifier.
Definition: Expr.h:1995
arg_const_range arguments() const
Definition: Expr.h:2411
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3723
const Expr * getRHS() const
Definition: Expr.h:2264
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3112
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1189
void setBase(Expr *Base)
Definition: Expr.h:4644
void setSyntacticForm(InitListExpr *Init)
Definition: Expr.h:4211
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2805
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1556
void setMemberLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:2701
NoInitExpr(QualType ty)
Definition: Expr.h:4586
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2209
void setTypeDependent(bool TD)
Set whether this expression is type-dependent or not.
Definition: Expr.h:170
const TypeSourceInfo * getAssocTypeSourceInfo(unsigned i) const
Definition: Expr.h:4923
BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions.
Definition: Expr.h:5051
Expr * getCallee()
Definition: Expr.h:2357
unsigned getNumInits() const
Definition: Expr.h:4080
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:4558
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Get the initializer to use for each array element.
Definition: Expr.h:4700
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4636
const Expr * getCallee() const
Definition: Expr.h:2356
void setRHS(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:3190
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5282
An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]".
Definition: Expr.h:4342
const Expr * skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments() const
Definition: Expr.h:854
void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *ti)
Definition: Expr.h:3801
const_iterator end() const
Definition: Expr.h:4256
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1744
QualType getArgumentType() const
Definition: Expr.h:2171
struct DTB DerivedToBase
Definition: Expr.h:78
bool performsVirtualDispatch(const LangOptions &LO) const
Returns true if virtual dispatch is performed.
Definition: Expr.h:2731
void setWrittenTypeInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI)
Definition: Expr.h:3981
Expr * getOrder() const
Definition: Expr.h:5348
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:4843
SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4830
ParenExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Construct an empty parenthesized expression.
Definition: Expr.h:1764
uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const
Definition: Expr.h:1655
void setObjectKind(ExprObjectKind Cat)
setObjectKind - Set the object kind produced by this expression.
Definition: Expr.h:425
bool hasQualifier() const
Determine whether this declaration reference was preceded by a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., N::foo.
Definition: Expr.h:1076
Expr * getSubExpr()
Definition: Expr.h:3973
TypeSourceInfo * getTypeSourceInfo() const
Definition: Expr.h:2069
unsigned size() const
Returns the number of designators in this initializer.
Definition: Expr.h:4488
AsTypeExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_astype [OpenCL 6.2.4.2] This AST node provides support ...
Definition: Expr.h:5102
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:3494
bool refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() const
Does this DeclRefExpr refer to an enclosing local or a captured variable?
Definition: Expr.h:1185
IdentifierInfo & getAccessor() const
Definition: Expr.h:5010
static bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(const Expr *E, bool &Result, EvalInfo &Info)
BinaryOperator(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptions FPFeatures, bool dead2)
Definition: Expr.h:3326
const ValueDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Expr.h:1060
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2207
ArrayRef< Expr * > inits()
Definition: Expr.h:4090
ArraySubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
Create an empty array subscript expression.
Definition: Expr.h:2247
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1741
Specifies that a value-dependent expression of integral or dependent type should be considered a null...
Definition: Expr.h:709
Extra data stored in some MemberExpr objects.
Definition: Expr.h:2488
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5277
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4960
Kind getKind() const
Determine what kind of offsetof node this is.
Definition: Expr.h:1975
SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const
Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the explicit template argument list followin...
Definition: Expr.h:2638
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3896
QualType getType() const
Definition: Expr.h:128
ArrayRef< Expr * > getAssocExprs() const
Definition: Expr.h:4917
QualType getTypeOfArgument() const
Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever is appropriate.
Definition: Expr.h:2197
bool isVolatile() const
Definition: Expr.h:5385
bool isWide() const
Definition: Expr.h:1677
const_semantics_iterator semantics_end() const
Definition: Expr.h:5254
void setValueKind(ExprValueKind Cat)
setValueKind - Set the value kind produced by this expression.
Definition: Expr.h:422
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5409
static OMPLinearClause * CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, unsigned NumVars)
Creates an empty clause with the place for NumVars variables.
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis.
Definition: Expr.h:5131
void setMemberDecl(ValueDecl *D)
Definition: Expr.h:2597
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4846
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:5094
ModifiableType
The results of modification testing.
Definition: Expr.h:320
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3892
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4438
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:2290
SourceLocation getEnd() const
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:3643
UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression&#39;s (except sizeof and alignof), the postinc/postdec operators from postfix-expression, and various extensions.
Definition: Expr.h:1805
unsigned Index
Location of the first index expression within the designated initializer expression&#39;s list of subexpr...
Definition: Expr.h:4345
SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const
getMemberLoc - Return the location of the "member", in X->F, it is the location of &#39;F&#39;...
Definition: Expr.h:2700
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1358
bool usesGNUSyntax() const
Determines whether this designated initializer used the deprecated GNU syntax for designated initiali...
Definition: Expr.h:4518
AtomicOp getOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:5377
ArrayRef< Expr * > inits() const
Definition: Expr.h:4094
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4463
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3572
const_arg_iterator arg_end() const
Definition: Expr.h:2422
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3113
const OffsetOfNode & getComponent(unsigned Idx) const
Definition: Expr.h:2076
Expr * getTrueExpr() const
getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression which will be evaluated if the condition evaluates to true; th...
Definition: Expr.h:3556
SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const
Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding this name, if any.
Definition: Expr.h:1114
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3421
ValueDecl * getDecl()
Definition: Expr.h:1059
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:5416
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Definition: Expr.h:1238
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3986
The result type of a method or function.
Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
Initializes a GNU array-range designator.
Definition: Expr.h:4400
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3571
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:1767
CStyleCastExpr - An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++ (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (Type)expr.
Definition: Expr.h:3073
llvm::iterator_range< semantics_iterator > semantics()
Definition: Expr.h:5258
bool isNull() const
Return true if this QualType doesn&#39;t point to a type yet.
Definition: Type.h:720
Expr * getLHS()
An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent).
Definition: Expr.h:2259
reverse_iterator rend()
Definition: ASTVector.h:105
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:946
bool hadMultipleCandidates() const
Returns true if this expression refers to a function that was resolved from an overloaded set having ...
Definition: Expr.h:1173
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1401
const SourceManager & SM
Definition: Format.cpp:1475
__UINTPTR_TYPE__ uintptr_t
An unsigned integer type with the property that any valid pointer to void can be converted to this ty...
Definition: opencl-c.h:82
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:3822
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5278
ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned PathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy)
Definition: Expr.h:3045
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:2740
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5027
ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals, like "1...
Definition: Expr.h:1535
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3992
ArrayRef< TypeSourceInfo * > getAssocTypeSourceInfos() const
Definition: Expr.h:4927
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3987
bool isDecrementOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:1871
ExprObjectKind getObjectKind() const
getObjectKind - The object kind that this expression produces.
Definition: Expr.h:412
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:5467
SideEffectsKind
Definition: Expr.h:594
void setOpcode(Opcode O)
Definition: Expr.h:3185
bool isComparisonOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3236
static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3226
const Expr * IgnoreConversionOperator() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:770
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:5419
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1391
void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tinfo)
Definition: Expr.h:2791
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:5138
unsigned DotLoc
The location of the &#39;.&#39; in the designated initializer.
Definition: Expr.h:4335
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType resultType, SourceLocation op, SourceLocation rp)
Definition: Expr.h:2142
OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a fixed type and value class...
Definition: Expr.h:875
void setComputationLHSType(QualType T)
Definition: Expr.h:3375
Expr * getBase() const
Definition: Expr.h:4643
ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector This AST node provides support for...
Definition: Expr.h:3771
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2795
#define false
Definition: stdbool.h:33
SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:2785
Kind
DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Definition: Expr.h:4631
unsigned path_size() const
Definition: Expr.h:2911
PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object l-value.
Definition: Expr.h:5177
void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3105
SmallVector< CXXBaseSpecifier *, 4 > CXXCastPath
A simple array of base specifiers.
Definition: Expr.h:53
bool isInstantiationDependent() const
Whether this expression is instantiation-dependent, meaning that it depends in some way on a template...
Definition: Expr.h:191
friend TrailingObjects
Definition: Expr.h:5302
const CompoundStmt * getSubStmt() const
Definition: Expr.h:3671
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1552
SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const
Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the explicit template argument list following...
Definition: Expr.h:1128
ConstExprIterator const_arg_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:2406
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2112
void setAccessorLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:5014
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:924
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2010
SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const
Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the explicit template argument list following...
Definition: Expr.h:2645
unsigned getNumExprs() const
Definition: Expr.h:4812
void setLocation(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:1068
const Expr * IgnoreParenImpCasts() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:774
Encodes a location in the source.
void setLocation(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:1239
void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val)
Definition: Expr.h:1313
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1732
MutableArrayRef< Expr * > getInits()
const NamedDecl * getFoundDecl() const
Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred.
Definition: Expr.h:1104
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3181
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5075
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5028
const Expr * IgnoreParens() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:817
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:1832
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1905
const Decl * getReferencedDeclOfCallee() const
Definition: Expr.h:453
SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const
Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the explicit template argument list followin...
Definition: Expr.h:1121
void setUpdater(Expr *Updater)
Definition: Expr.h:4649
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const
getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_astype token.
Definition: Expr.h:5128
NoInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Definition: Expr.h:4590
CastKind getCastKind() const
Definition: Expr.h:2886
Expr * getSubExpr(unsigned Idx) const
Definition: Expr.h:4536
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:3999
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3192
const Expr *const * getArgs() const
Definition: Expr.h:2379
DeclarationName getName() const
getName - Returns the embedded declaration name.
pointer data()
data - Return a pointer to the vector&#39;s buffer, even if empty().
Definition: ASTVector.h:153
bool isModifiable() const
Definition: Expr.h:357
ASTContext & getASTContext() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: DeclBase.cpp:376
static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K)
Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
Definition: Type.h:2304
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Stmt.h:401
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3816
Represents the declaration of a label.
Definition: Decl.h:468
unsigned int BasePathSizeTy
Definition: Expr.h:2829
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:2735
void setLabelLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3625
const Expr * getExpr(unsigned Init) const
Definition: Expr.h:4814
ExprObjectKind
A further classification of the kind of object referenced by an l-value or x-value.
Definition: Specifiers.h:124
std::pair< SourceLocation, PartialDiagnostic > PartialDiagnosticAt
A partial diagnostic along with the source location where this diagnostic occurs. ...
const Expr * ignoreParenBaseCasts() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:794
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2284
SourceLocation getStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum) const
Definition: Expr.h:1703
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:2119
StmtExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty statement expression.
Definition: Expr.h:3668
bool canOverflow() const
Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow.
Definition: Expr.h:1845
CompoundAssignOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty compound assignment operator expression.
Definition: Expr.h:3368
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3681
Represents a C++ nested name specifier, such as "\::std::vector<int>::".
Expr * getAssocExpr(unsigned i)
Definition: Expr.h:4916
void setLHS(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:3188
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:860
bool isPascal() const
Definition: Expr.h:1681
uint64_t VAL
Used to store the <= 64 bits integer value.
Definition: Expr.h:1277
MemberExpr(Expr *base, bool isarrow, SourceLocation operatorloc, ValueDecl *memberdecl, SourceLocation l, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
Definition: Expr.h:2569
const Expr * getSubExprAsWritten() const
Definition: Expr.h:2900
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:2812
const Expr * getArgumentExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:2182
AtomicExpr - Variadic atomic builtins: __atomic_exchange, __atomic_fetch_*, __atomic_load, __atomic_store, and __atomic_compare_exchange_*, for the similarly-named C++11 instructions, and __c11 variants for <stdatomic.h>, and corresponding __opencl_atomic_* for OpenCL 2.0.
Definition: Expr.h:5313
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const
Definition: Expr.h:2165
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:5143
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:5458
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4555
Expr * getExpr(unsigned Init)
Definition: Expr.h:4819
const Expr * IgnoreCasts() const LLVM_READONLY
Strip off casts, but keep parentheses.
Definition: Expr.h:824
const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const
Definition: Expr.h:4258
bool isValueDependent() const
isValueDependent - Determines whether this expression is value-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]).
Definition: Expr.h:149
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3940
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1730
SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3679
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:3690
void setDecl(ValueDecl *NewD)
Definition: Expr.h:1061
arg_range arguments()
Definition: Expr.h:2410
void setArgument(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo)
Definition: Expr.h:2190
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3482
ImplicitCastExpr - Allows us to explicitly represent implicit type conversions, which have no direct ...
Definition: Expr.h:2961
Expr ** getInits()
Retrieve the set of initializers.
Definition: Expr.h:4083
bool isLValue() const
isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to the rules of the current language...
Definition: Expr.h:249
CharacterKind getKind() const
Definition: Expr.h:1433
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:5411
InitListExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty initializer list.
Definition: Expr.h:4077
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1382
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Stmt.h:403
AtomicExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty AtomicExpr.
Definition: Expr.h:5343
IdentType getIdentType() const
Definition: Expr.h:1236
Expr * getSubExpr()
Definition: Expr.h:1548
bool isRValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:356
static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3265
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:2741
friend TrailingObjects
Definition: Expr.h:2128
Expr ** getExprs()
Definition: Expr.h:4824
ArrayRef< Expr * > exprs()
Definition: Expr.h:4826
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:4968
uintptr_t NameOrField
Refers to the field that is being initialized.
Definition: Expr.h:4332
StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}).
Definition: Expr.h:3654
OpaqueValueExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Definition: Expr.h:901
unsigned LBracketLoc
The location of the &#39;[&#39; starting the array range designator.
Definition: Expr.h:4347
const Expr * IgnoreParenLValueCasts() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:782
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:4563
path_const_iterator path_end() const
Definition: Expr.h:2919
bool isArgumentType() const
Definition: Expr.h:2170
const SourceLocation * tokloc_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:1725
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2288
Expr * getArrayFiller()
If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than there are initializers in the l...
Definition: Expr.h:4144
void setSubExpr(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:3974
void sawArrayRangeDesignator(bool ARD=true)
Definition: Expr.h:4221
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1437
bool isPartOfExplicitCast() const
Definition: Expr.h:2986
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3004
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2705
A placeholder type used to construct an empty shell of a type, that will be filled in later (e...
Definition: Stmt.h:338
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
getExprLoc - Return the preferred location for the arrow when diagnosing a problem with a generic exp...
Definition: Expr.cpp:216
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5135
bool hasTemplateKeyword() const
Determines whether the name in this declaration reference was preceded by the template keyword...
Definition: Expr.h:1135
const Expr * getInitializer() const
Definition: Expr.h:2778
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1342
Expr * getLHS() const
Definition: Expr.h:3187
CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g.
Definition: Expr.h:3351
A POD class for pairing a NamedDecl* with an access specifier.
DeclarationNameLoc - Additional source/type location info for a declaration name. ...
Represents a C11 generic selection.
Definition: Expr.h:4880
friend TrailingObjects
Definition: Expr.h:1202
VAArgExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *e, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc, QualType t, bool IsMS)
Definition: Expr.h:3959
const Expr * getBase() const
Definition: Expr.h:5006
EvalStatus is a struct with detailed info about an evaluation in progress.
Definition: Expr.h:541
friend TrailingObjects
Definition: Expr.h:2745
ArrayInitLoopExpr(QualType T, Expr *CommonInit, Expr *ElementInit)
Definition: Expr.h:4685
AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
Definition: Expr.h:3608
Expr * getResultExpr()
Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none.
Definition: Expr.h:5232
Expr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell)
Construct an empty expression.
Definition: Expr.h:125
OpaqueValueExpr * getOpaqueValue() const
getOpaqueValue - Return the opaque value placeholder.
Definition: Expr.h:3547
const FieldDecl * getTargetUnionField() const
Definition: Expr.h:2921
const FieldDecl * getInitializedFieldInUnion() const
Definition: Expr.h:4165
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:4593
Expr * getFalseExpr() const
getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression which will be evaluated if the condnition evaluates to false;...
Definition: Expr.h:3563
BinaryOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty)
Definition: Expr.h:3341
void setLocation(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:1510
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:915
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3486
OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation NameLoc)
Create an offsetof node that refers to a field.
Definition: Expr.h:1960
iterator begin()
Definition: Expr.h:4253
unsigned getNumAssocs() const
Definition: Expr.h:4907
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3813
Dataflow Directional Tag Classes.
bool isResultDependent() const
Whether this generic selection is result-dependent.
Definition: Expr.h:4944
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid SourceLocation object.
child_range children()
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4748
bool hasSideEffects() const
Definition: Expr.h:565
tokloc_iterator tokloc_begin() const
Definition: Expr.h:1726
void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3889
const TemplateArgumentLoc * getTemplateArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this template-id.
Definition: Expr.h:2667
[C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as func.
Definition: Expr.h:1208
DeclarationNameInfo getMemberNameInfo() const
Retrieve the member declaration name info.
Definition: Expr.h:2688
UnaryOperatorKind
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5407
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2109
EvalResult is a struct with detailed info about an evaluated expression.
Definition: Expr.h:571
std::reverse_iterator< iterator > reverse_iterator
Definition: ASTVector.h:89
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5408
OverloadedOperatorKind
Enumeration specifying the different kinds of C++ overloaded operators.
Definition: OperatorKinds.h:22
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:2453
UnaryOperatorKind Opcode
Definition: Expr.h:1807
ModifiableType getModifiable() const
Definition: Expr.h:348
void setLabel(LabelDecl *L)
Definition: Expr.h:3633
bool isExplicit() const
Definition: Expr.h:4178
static bool isShiftAssignOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3287
bool isShiftOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3224
void setTypeInfoAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy)
Definition: Expr.h:3058
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4833
BinaryConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty conditional operator.
Definition: Expr.h:3538
Reads an AST files chain containing the contents of a translation unit.
Definition: ASTReader.h:354
A field designator, e.g., ".x".
Definition: Expr.h:4325
InitExprsTy::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:4250
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2804
void setIsUnique(bool V)
Definition: Expr.h:938
ExtVectorElementExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *base, IdentifierInfo &accessor, SourceLocation loc)
Definition: Expr.h:4993
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1789
void setSubExpr(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:1549
QualType getAssocType(unsigned i) const
Definition: Expr.h:4931
void setSubExpr(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:2894
BinaryOperator::Opcode getOpcode(const SymExpr *SE)
bool isOpenCL() const
Definition: Expr.h:5398
void setFileScope(bool FS)
Definition: Expr.h:2783
void setExact(bool E)
Definition: Expr.h:1502
OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK=OK_Ordinary, Expr *SourceExpr=nullptr)
Definition: Expr.h:881
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:5043
const Decl * getCalleeDecl() const
Definition: Expr.h:2361
const FieldDecl * getSourceBitField() const
Definition: Expr.h:448
SourceLocation getLBraceLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4195
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3676
StmtClass getStmtClass() const
Definition: Stmt.h:391
const char * asChar
Definition: Expr.h:1599
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1340
const char * getCastKindName() const
Definition: Expr.h:2890
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:5292
const Expr * getArrayFiller() const
Definition: Expr.h:4147
Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a zero integer expression that is not a simple...
Definition: Expr.h:689
Kinds getKind() const
Definition: Expr.h:347
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2455
llvm::iterator_range< const_semantics_iterator > semantics() const
Definition: Expr.h:5261
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5406
enum clang::SubobjectAdjustment::@36 Kind
void setInstantiationDependent(bool ID)
Set whether this expression is instantiation-dependent or not.
Definition: Expr.h:196
llvm::iterator_range< const_arg_iterator > arg_const_range
Definition: Expr.h:2408
const T * const_iterator
Definition: ASTVector.h:86
Kind
The kind of offsetof node we have.
Definition: Expr.h:1924
Expression is a C++11 nullptr.
Definition: Expr.h:695
OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc)
Create an offsetof node that refers to an identifier.
Definition: Expr.h:1965
A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
Definition: Type.h:2612
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1384
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:2893
VAArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Create an empty __builtin_va_arg expression.
Definition: Expr.h:3969
semantics_iterator semantics_begin()
Definition: Expr.h:5245
void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3680
ExplicitCastExpr - An explicit cast written in the source code.
Definition: Expr.h:3039
DeclarationNameInfo - A collector data type for bundling together a DeclarationName and the correspnd...
static bool isPrefix(Opcode Op)
isPrefix - Return true if this is a prefix operation, like –x.
Definition: Expr.h:1854
void setInitializedFieldInUnion(FieldDecl *FD)
Definition: Expr.h:4168
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3725
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3899
bool isPtrMemOp() const
predicates to categorize the respective opcodes.
Definition: Expr.h:3216
ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize)
Construct an empty explicit cast.
Definition: Expr.h:3051
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3727
llvm::APInt getValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:1302
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1512
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const
Definition: Expr.h:5378
LabelDecl * getLabel() const
Definition: Expr.h:3632
void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:2291
path_iterator path_end()
Definition: Expr.h:2917
bool hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::Kind K) const
Returns whether this expression has a specific placeholder type.
Definition: Expr.h:477
DeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation L, const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo=DeclarationNameLoc())
Definition: Expr.h:1023
unsigned getByteLength() const
Definition: Expr.h:1665
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3730
SourceLocation getFieldLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4433
Expr * getOrderFail() const
Definition: Expr.h:5361
DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const
Definition: Expr.h:1063
bool HasSideEffects
Whether the evaluated expression has side effects.
Definition: Expr.h:544
void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V=true)
Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to a method that was resolved from an overloaded...
Definition: Expr.h:2723
MemberExpr(Expr *base, bool isarrow, SourceLocation operatorloc, ValueDecl *memberdecl, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
Definition: Expr.h:2552
Location wrapper for a TemplateArgument.
Definition: TemplateBase.h:450
static const TypeInfo & getInfo(unsigned id)
Definition: Types.cpp:34
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5464
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3719
CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation lparenloc, TypeSourceInfo *tinfo, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *init, bool fileScope)
Definition: Expr.h:2764
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1343
static bool classof(const Stmt *S)
Definition: Expr.h:3380
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:5044
ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
Definition: Expr.h:2226
bool isUTF32() const
Definition: Expr.h:1680
static bool classof(const Stmt *S)
Definition: Expr.h:3300
AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOpe...
Definition: Expr.h:3387
TypeSourceInfo * getAssocTypeSourceInfo(unsigned i)
Definition: Expr.h:4926
bool isIntegerType() const
isIntegerType() does not include complex integers (a GCC extension).
Definition: Type.h:6374
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1439
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:5455
arg_iterator arg_begin()
Definition: Expr.h:2415
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1198
void setIndexExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:2100
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Retrieve the location of this expression.
Definition: Expr.h:905
friend TrailingObjects
Definition: OpenMPClause.h:93
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1563
Expr * getCond() const
getCond - Return the condition expression; this is defined in terms of the opaque value...
Definition: Expr.h:3551
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:3891
bool isUnique() const
Definition: Expr.h:944
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3895
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1517
FieldDecl * getField() const
Definition: Expr.h:4415
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:3309
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5136
ImaginaryLiteral(Expr *val, QualType Ty)
Definition: Expr.h:1538
void setKind(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait K)
Definition: Expr.h:2168
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:2205
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition: Expr.h:1829
static bool isAdditiveOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3221
Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType.
Definition: Type.h:2529
void setRHS(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:3886
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3811
LValueClassification
Definition: Expr.h:254
void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3182
void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val)
Definition: Expr.h:1478
StringRef getBytes() const
Allow access to clients that need the byte representation, such as ASTWriterStmt::VisitStringLiteral(...
Definition: Expr.h:1641
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:4720
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2703
SourceLocation getDefaultLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4910
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1771
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:2305
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Construct an empty sizeof/alignof expression.
Definition: Expr.h:2162
const Expr * IgnoreImpCasts() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:814
ParenListExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty paren list.
Definition: Expr.h:4810
SubobjectAdjustment(const MemberPointerType *MPT, Expr *RHS)
Definition: Expr.h:95
PredefinedExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Construct an empty predefined expression.
Definition: Expr.h:1233
ExprIterator arg_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:2405
void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:2786
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3180
unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const
Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this template-id.
Definition: Expr.h:2676
APValue - This class implements a discriminated union of [uninitialized] [APSInt] [APFloat]...
Definition: APValue.h:38
ArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation rbracketloc)
Definition: Expr.h:2231
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:2818
Represents a base class of a C++ class.
Definition: DeclCXX.h:192
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:907
CharacterLiteral(unsigned value, CharacterKind kind, QualType type, SourceLocation l)
Definition: Expr.h:1421
A bitfield object is a bitfield on a C or C++ record.
Definition: Specifiers.h:129
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1551
iterator begin()
Definition: ASTVector.h:97
bool isGLValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:354
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4567
void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:1837
void setLocation(SourceLocation Location)
Definition: Expr.h:1348
static bool isIncrementOp(Opcode Op)
Definition: Expr.h:1861
Expr * getRHS() const
Definition: Expr.h:3885
void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V=true)
Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to a function that was resolved from an overload...
Definition: Expr.h:1179
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1898
reverse_iterator rend()
Definition: Expr.h:4259
Expr * getSrcExpr() const
getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
Definition: Expr.h:3795
bool isArithmeticOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:1883
ImplicitValueInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
Construct an empty implicit value initialization.
Definition: Expr.h:4779
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:2937
BinaryOperatorKind Opcode
Definition: Expr.h:3145
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:5086
ArrayRef< TemplateArgumentLoc > template_arguments() const
Definition: Expr.h:1167
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3684
void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3984
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3576
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1383
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4227
Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a literal zero.
Definition: Expr.h:692
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3812
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1514
bool allowFPContractWithinStatement() const
Definition: LangOptions.h:274
MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members.
Definition: Expr.h:2500
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1564
void setBase(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:5008
BinaryConditionalOperator(Expr *common, OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue, Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, SourceLocation qloc, SourceLocation cloc, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
Definition: Expr.h:3517
CXXBaseSpecifier ** path_iterator
Definition: Expr.h:2908
Provides definitions for the atomic synchronization scopes.
Represents a C++ struct/union/class.
Definition: DeclCXX.h:302
static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3273
Expr * getTrueExpr() const
Definition: Expr.h:3467
Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array.
Definition: Expr.h:4678
bool isSyntacticForm() const
Definition: Expr.h:4204
ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr.
Definition: Expr.h:3836
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1772
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:5038
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2999
BinaryConditionalOperator - The GNU extension to the conditional operator which allows the middle ope...
Definition: Expr.h:3504
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:2114
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4831
Expr * getRHS() const
Definition: Expr.h:3475
bool isMultiplicativeOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3220
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4599
unsigned getNumConcatenated() const
getNumConcatenated - Get the number of string literal tokens that were concatenated in translation ph...
Definition: Expr.h:1701
bool containsNonAscii() const
Definition: Expr.h:1683
bool isPRValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:355
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1555
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const
Whether this expression contains an unexpanded parameter pack (for C++11 variadic templates)...
Definition: Expr.h:214
bool isRValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:250
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:908
bool isPrefix() const
Definition: Expr.h:1858
unsigned kind
All of the diagnostics that can be emitted by the frontend.
Definition: DiagnosticIDs.h:61
This class is used for builtin types like &#39;int&#39;.
Definition: Type.h:2250
bool isXValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:353
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1071
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:5079
Expr * getInit(unsigned Init)
Definition: Expr.h:4103
FieldDecl * Field
Definition: Expr.h:79
void setTokenLocation(SourceLocation L)
Definition: Expr.h:3933
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const
getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_convertvector token.
Definition: Expr.h:3806
StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g.
Definition: Expr.h:1585
CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]).
Definition: Expr.h:2316
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1513
const MemberPointerType * MPT
Definition: Expr.h:73
llvm::ArrayRef< Designator > designators() const
Definition: Expr.h:4495
Designator * getDesignator(unsigned Idx)
Definition: Expr.h:4499
void setInit(Expr *init)
Definition: Expr.h:4526
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3193
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:3640
AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, bool TD, bool VD, bool ID, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, SourceLocation qloc, SourceLocation cloc)
Definition: Expr.h:3392
Expr * getLHS() const
Definition: Expr.h:3883
__DEVICE__ int max(int __a, int __b)
static Decl::Kind getKind(const Decl *D)
Definition: DeclBase.cpp:930
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:4782
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3568
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl
The DeclAccessPair through which the MemberDecl was found due to name qualifiers. ...
Definition: Expr.h:2495
unsigned getNumComponents() const
Definition: Expr.h:2086
bool isDependentType() const
Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition somehow depends on a template para...
Definition: Type.h:1942
std::reverse_iterator< const_iterator > const_reverse_iterator
Definition: ASTVector.h:88
void setKind(CharacterKind kind)
Definition: Expr.h:1445
A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc.
Definition: Expr.h:974
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:1260
Expr * getRHS() const
Definition: Expr.h:3189
bool isBitwiseOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3227
bool isIncrementDecrementOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:1876
Expr * getSemanticExpr(unsigned index)
Definition: Expr.h:5265
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3897
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Definition: Expr.h:1432
const Expr *const * getSubExprs() const
Definition: Expr.h:5381
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3110
FieldDecl * getInitializedFieldInUnion()
If this initializes a union, specifies which field in the union to initialize.
Definition: Expr.h:4162
bool isConditionDependent() const
Definition: Expr.h:3871
#define true
Definition: stdbool.h:32
An l-value expression is a reference to an object with independent storage.
Definition: Specifiers.h:114
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3196
bool isUTF16() const
Definition: Expr.h:1679
A trivial tuple used to represent a source range.
This represents a decl that may have a name.
Definition: Decl.h:248
SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const
Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding the member name, if any.
Definition: Expr.h:2631
NestedNameSpecifier * getQualifier() const
If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
Definition: Expr.h:1088
OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form offsetof(record-type, member-designator).
Definition: Expr.h:2027
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:912
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:2009
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4470
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:3064
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:5403
static bool isDecrementOp(Opcode Op)
Definition: Expr.h:1868
Expr * getCommon() const
getCommon - Return the common expression, written to the left of the condition.
Definition: Expr.h:3544
TypeSourceInfo * getWrittenTypeInfo() const
Definition: Expr.h:3980
const CXXRecordDecl * DerivedClass
Definition: Expr.h:69
path_const_iterator path_begin() const
Definition: Expr.h:2918
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:1259
BlockDecl * getBlockDecl()
Definition: Expr.h:5066
bool isInStdNamespace() const
Definition: DeclBase.cpp:357
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:1907
SourceLocation getGenericLoc() const
Definition: Expr.h:4909
const uint32_t * asUInt32
Definition: Expr.h:1601
bool isLValue() const
Definition: Expr.h:352
SubobjectAdjustment(const CastExpr *BasePath, const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass)
Definition: Expr.h:83
ImaginaryLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
Build an empty imaginary literal.
Definition: Expr.h:1544
void setBase(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:2589
static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition: Expr.h:3235
SourceLocation getBegin() const
TypeSourceInfo * getTypeSourceInfo() const
getTypeSourceInfo - Return the destination type.
Definition: Expr.h:3798
const_child_range children() const
Definition: Expr.h:4241
SourceLocation ColonLoc
Location of &#39;:&#39;.
Definition: OpenMPClause.h:102
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const
Return the location of the right parentheses.
Definition: Expr.h:2066
llvm::APInt getArraySize() const
Definition: Expr.h:4702
SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4711
bool isConditionTrue() const
isConditionTrue - Return whether the condition is true (i.e.
Definition: Expr.h:3864
CastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, const CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned BasePathSize)
Definition: Expr.h:2851
This class handles loading and caching of source files into memory.
InitListExpr * getSyntacticForm() const
Definition: Expr.h:4207
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:3904
Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of an object of a given type.
Definition: Expr.h:4772
NullPointerConstantKind
Enumeration used to describe the kind of Null pointer constant returned from isNullPointerConstant()...
Definition: Expr.h:680
Expr * getWeak() const
Definition: Expr.h:5371
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:4792
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3728
child_range children()
Definition: Expr.h:4603
QualType getType() const
Return the type wrapped by this type source info.
Definition: Decl.h:97
const FunctionDecl * getDirectCallee() const
Definition: Expr.h:2367
InitListExpr * getSemanticForm() const
Definition: Expr.h:4201
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1774
static OMPLinearClause * Create(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, OpenMPLinearClauseKind Modifier, SourceLocation ModifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, ArrayRef< Expr *> VL, ArrayRef< Expr *> PL, ArrayRef< Expr *> IL, Expr *Step, Expr *CalcStep, Stmt *PreInit, Expr *PostUpdate)
Creates clause with a list of variables VL and a linear step Step.
static bool classof(const Stmt *T)
Definition: Expr.h:4838
void setCond(Expr *E)
Definition: Expr.h:3882
void setIsConditionTrue(bool isTrue)
Definition: Expr.h:3869
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:1438
bool isCompoundAssignmentOp() const
Definition: Expr.h:3276
SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:4473
static bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APValue &Result)
EvaluateAsRValue - Try to evaluate this expression, performing an implicit lvalue-to-rvalue cast if i...
SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY
Definition: Expr.h:3003